Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPROJECT PLAN NOTICE FROM ISG, INC. TO ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS FOR 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA TO BE PLACED ON THE PLAN HOLDERS LIST AND FOR ADDENDA NOTIFICATION YOU MUST REGISTER ON RAPIDSREPRO.COM/PLANROOM IF A CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, OR SUPPLIER DOES NOT HAVE COMPUTER ACCESS, PLEASE CALL RAPIDS REPRODUCTIONS, 1-800-383-1223,TO MAKE ALTERNATIVE ARRANGEMENTS TO RECEIVE ADDENDA. New Users To ISG Plan Room 1. Go to rapidsrepro.com/planroom on the Internet. 2. Click on the "ISG" logo. 3. To the left, is the login panel and within the panel is "Register for an account." 4. Find or create your company. 5. Create your user account 6. Verify you have received a confirmation email, and click the link provided to log in. 7. Any questions contact: 1-800-383-1223 or local 319-277-5538. PRE-BID CONFERENCE -� MONDAY, MARCH 2, 2020 AT 1:00 P.M. (LOCAL TIME) 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER 200 WEST 4TH STREET - WATERLOO, IA 50703 At this time, contractors will have an opportunity to ask questions of the architect and engineer. Following this meeting, contractors will have open access to tour the building as needed. NOTICE PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS: IF YOU CHOOSE NOT TO BID THIS PROJECT, YOU MUST: NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT NO LESS THAN 5 DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID LETTING THAT YOU ARE NOT BIDDING --y RETURN THE PLANS IMMEDIATELY OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE FORFEITED AND MBI CARDS COLLECTED ON SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: AFTER THE BID LETTING: SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY OBTAIN ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FROM THE PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTOR(S) PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: IF YOU ARE NOT AWARDED THE PROJECT: PLANS MUST BE RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE BID AWARD OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE CASHED SPECIFICATIONS FOR 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA - I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct 0` supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed r QQeoF�ssiot IlkArchitect under the laws of the State of Iowa. sk :"'(y 1i :` DANIELC. : 3 P °/C C 02-18-2020 I I CHANNER n Daniel C. Channer Date tit 02888 ilk License No.: 2888 License Issued: 09 13 1988 t �OWA My License Renewal Date is June 30, 2020 Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01 through 14 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission — described below was prepared by me or under my direct ,,,���"""'1,/,,,,, supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed ,��,�\`QQ'OFESS/OA/ ii,',,- Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. `„'�©� �2 02-18-2020 Z : JOHN P. '- u : TRICKEL ; m _ J P. Trickel, P.E. Date 17586 -Z ' License No.: 17586 License Issued: 07-13-2005 ,,���� �.WA� • My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2020 Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01, and 21 - 23. TITLE SHEET ALL BRANCH SPECIFICATIONS FOR: 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA FOR: CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA 715 MULBERRY STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 PRE-BID CONFERENCE: MONDAY,MARCH 2,2020 AT 1:00 P.M. (LOCAL TIME) PRE-BID LOCATION: 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER 200 WEST 4TH STREET. WATERLOO,IA 50703 BIDS TO BE RECEIVED: THURSDAY,MARCH 12,2020 BID TIME: BEFORE 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM) BID LOCATION: WATERLOO CITY CLERK'S OFFICE 715 MULBERRY ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 ARCHITECT: ISG,INC. 314E 4TH ST WATERLOO,IA 50703-4704 PHONE: (319)234-1515 FAX: (319)234-1517 PRINCIPAL ARCHITECT: DANIEL C. CHANNER,AIA Aft PROJECT MANAGER: RANDY BRINKMAN,SENIOR DESIGNER Ist DATE: FEBRUARY 18,2020 3 7 y INDEX FOR: 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA alit COMMON SECTIONS SEAL TITLE SHEET INDEX • aft, NOTICE TO BIDDERS ADVERTISEMENT TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 FORM OF PROPOSAL-GENERAL CONTRACT BIDDER STATUS FORM 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS •fi SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page No. DIVISION I-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 011000- Summary 1/4 012100-Allowances 1/3 012500—Substitution Procedures 1/4 1 012600-Contract Modification Procedures 1/2 I 012900-Payment Procedures 1/5 013100-Project Management and Coordination 1/7 all 013200-Construction Progress Documentation 1/3 013300-Submittal Procedures-Paper/Electronic 1/9 1, 014000-Quality Requirements 1/6 014200-References 1/8 "It 015000—Temporary Facilities and Controls 1/8 1 016000-Product Requirements 1/6 Product Substitution Form 1/1 7 017300—Execution 1/9 017700-Closeout Procedures 1/6 017823 -Operation and Maintenance Data 1/7 017839-Project Record Documents 1/3 ""► 1/4 1 017900-Demonstration and Training DIVISION V-METALS 051200—Structural Steel Framing 1/7 DIVISION VI—WOOD AND PLASTICS „0, 061000—Rough Carpentry 1/7 DIVISION VII—MOISTURE PROTECT 070150—Preparation for Re-Roofing 1/7 1 075423—Thermoplastic Polyolefin(TPO)Roofing 1/10 076200—Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1/9 079200—Joint Sealants 1/8 DIVISION X—SPECIALTIES 108200—Louvered Roof Top Equipment Screens 1/3 i - MECHANICAL&ELECTRICAL DIVISION 23—HVAC 230010—Basic Mechanical HVAC Requirements 1/4 230519—Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping 1/2 230548—Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 1/4 ~ 230553—Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 1/2 230593—Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 1/4 230713—Duct Insulation 1/2 230719—HVAC Piping Insulation 1/4 230800—Commissioning of HVAC 1/4 230913—Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 1/4 230923—Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC 1/4 230993—Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls 1/2 232113—Hydronic Piping 1/4 232114—Hydronic Specialties 1/4 232123—Hydronic Pumps 1/2 232500—HVAC Water Treatment 1/2 233100—HVAC Ducts and Casing 1/2 233300—Air Duct Accessories 1/2 233416—Centrifugal HVAC Fans 1/2 236423—Scroll Water Chillers 1/6 DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL 260010—Basic Electrical Requirements 1/4 260505—Selective Demolition for Electrical 1/2 260519—Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 1/6 260526—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 1/2 260529—Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 1/4 260533.13—Conduit for Electrical Systems 1/6 060533.16—Boxes for Electrical Systems 1/4 260553—Identification for Electrical Systems 1/4 260583—Wiring Connections 1/2 262416—Panelboards 1/4 262726—Wiring Devices 1/4 E NOTICE TO BIDDERS oak PROJECT: 5 SULLIVAN BORTHERS CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA BID DATE/TIME: THURSDAY,MARCH 12,2020 before 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (in accordance with the clock at bid room) LOCATION: WATERLOO CITY CLERK'S OFFICE 715 MULBERRY ST. 00*. WATERLOO,IA 50703 Sealed proposals for the above project will be received,publicly opened and read aloud at the time and location stated above by the City Council of CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. 411 Copies of the plans and specifications and other contract documents will be on file and available for inspection at the above bidding location and sets for Contractors/Suppliers can be ordered through the office of Rapids Reproductions,by logging on to Rapidsrepro.com/planroom or calling 1-800-383-1223,upon the deposit of$200.00 which will be refunded to prime contractors who submit bids upon the return of the documents within seven(7)days after the receipt of the bids. A single proposal will be received for the work of the General Contractor including the work of the Mechanical Subcontractor(Plumbing,Heating,Air Conditioning and Ventilating)and the work of the Electrical Subcontractor. Subcontractors of all construction trades shall submit bids to the General Contractor covering the scope of work bid. Work of Project includes removal of the existing chiller in the penthouse and replacing with two(2)new roof aft mounted chillers. Included in the project, is the replacement of the penthouse roof and the reinforcement of the structure to accommodate the new chillers as well as future chillers and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents,located at the 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center,200 West 4th Street,Waterloo,Iowa,commencing March 30,2020 and substantial completion by August 7,2020. Award of the contract shall be to the lowest responsible bidder based on basis bid and selected alternates and in conformance to the Bidding Documents prepared by ISG,Inc. A PRE-BID CONFERENCE for this project will be held on Monday,March 2,2020 at 1:00 p.m.at the 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center,200 West 4th Street,Waterloo,Iowa. Each proposal must be accompanied by a bid bond,cash deposit,Cashier's Check or a Certified Check on a solvent 0.e Bank chartered under the laws of the United States in the amount of not less than 5%,nor more than 10%of the { proposal submitted therewith. Bid Security shall be made payable to the Treasurer of CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. irk Should the successful bidder fail or neglect to furnish a satisfactory surety bond,refuse to enter into contract on the basis of the bid,or fail to meet the requirements of this Notice and the specifications regulating the award,the bidder's security may be retained as liquidated damages. No bidder may withdraw the proposal for a period of thirty calendar(30)days after the date and hour set for opening of bids. The work under the Contract shall be commenced immediately after execution of the Owner-Contractor Agreement and substantially completed by a mutually agreed upon date,all as set forth in contractual documents. By virtue of statutory authority,the Contractor shall give preference to Iowa Domestic Labor,products and provisions grown,and coal produced within the State of Iowa,according to the provisions of Chapter 73,Code of Iowa 2016. 11 The right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities therein is reserved by CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA. DATED AT: WATERLOO, IOWA,this 8th day of February 2020. BY ORDER OF: CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA BY: KELLEY FELCHLE,CITY CLERK I 1 ADVERTISEMENT TO BID PROJECT: 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA 414 BID DATE: THURSDAY,MARCH 12,2020 BEFORE 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM) CONTRACTS: SINGLE GENERAL CONTRACTOR Adak (to include MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL as subcontractors) PROJECT COST ESTIMATE: LESS THAN$1,390,000 ml PLAN DEPOSIT: $200.00 BID SECURITY: 5% ARCHITECT: MECH/ELECT ENGINEER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ISG,INC. ISG,INC. ISG, INC. 314 EAST 4TH ST. 1300 WALNUT ST., STE 101 115 EAST HICKORY ST., WATERLOO,IA 50703 DES MOINES,IA 50309 SUITE 300 Ph: 319-234-1515 Ph: 515-243-9143 MANKATO,MN 56001 Ph: 507-387-6651 gg PRE-BID CONFERENCE: MONDAY,MARCH 2,2020 AT 1:00 P.M. (Local Time) 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER 200 WEST 4TH STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE: AUGUST 7,2020 TOTAL SQUARE FEET: REROOFING=4,728 SQ.FT. 104 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: Work consists of removal of the existing chiller in the penthouse and replacing with two(2)new roof mounted chillers. Included in the project, is the replacement of the penthouse roof and the reinforcement of the structure to accommodate the new chillers as well as future chillers and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents. Log on to RAPIDSREPRO.COM/PLANROOM, click on the "ISG" logo or call 1-800-383-1223 (toll free) for: PLANS&SPECIFICATIONS • ADDENDA NOTIFICATION • PLAN HOLDERS LIST • PRIME BIDDERS LIST NOTE: To be placed on the PLAN HOLDERS LIST and/or PRIME BIDDER'S LIST for this project, you MUST either download a set of plans/specs off of ISG plan room on Rapidsrepro.com/planroom OR order a paper set through Rapids Reproductions, Inc. DISTRIBUTION OF DOCUMENTS Bidding documents may be obtained from Rapids Reproductions,Inc., 6201 Chancellor Dr.,Cedar Falls,IA - 50613; 1-800-383-1223 under the following conditions: 1. Qualified plan houses receive all-branch sets free of charge,provided they log all usage of the documents and return to us within 14 days after bidding. A list of those having plans is found in the "Supplementary Instructions to Bidders",paragraph 3.1.6. of the specifications. 2. Prime bidders may receive plans on deposit of$200.00 which is refundable only if they bid and/or return the plans within seven(7)days of contract award or if they notify the architect no less than 5 days prior to the day of the letting that they are not going to bid the project and return the plans immediately. Master Builders cards will also be honored. (Note: General Contractors(limit 2 sets each),Mechanical and Electrical contractors(limit 1 set each). 3. Subcontractors and suppliers may view plans and specifications on Rapidsrepro.com/planroom or at any of the �• listed plan holders under 3.1.6 Plans On File. You may receive"loaner sets"of plans and specifications after receipt of the required deposits stated above if some are available(Limit 1 set each). (Note: If applicable, plans must be returned within 14 days of bid award. Master Builders cards will also be honored. 4. No plans will be issued after one week prior to bidding date. r.. 4.r apt to INSTRUCTIONS T toBidders shall O BIDDERS and accompany AIA Document "Instructions However,ihllbehe A Do A701,2018, by the "� made to governA p n the drawings,specifications and the follow can Institutep of Bidders. to e owevei the Although qI e D Instructions to Bidders shall taked mod fy is hereby statements Document g701 mg Supplementary Instructions e copy the the by reference and asm '2018 is not bound inth precedence over and Insintructions ns to Bidders is available doffed bymodify the Suctns any statements purchase at the Architects s office Instructions specifications: the Iowa. Architects office or throughBidders ►nent is Atik hereafter, A AIA Iowa. aur H Ra sok 'r1 Aft OtajTM Instructions to Bidders for the following Project: (Name, location, and detailed description) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original THE OWNER: AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added (Name, legal status, address, and other information) information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where THE ARCHITECT: the author has added to or deleted (Name, legal status, address, and other information) from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. FEDERAL,STATE,AND LOCAL LAWS MAY IMPOSE TABLE OF ARTICLES REQUIREMENTS ON PUBLIC PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS. 1 DEFINITIONS CONSULT LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR AN ATTORNEY TO VERIFY 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THIS PROCUREMENT BEFORE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS COMPLETING THIS FORM. 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES It is intended that AIA Document G612r"'-2017,Owner's Instructions 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS to the Architect,Parts A and B will be completed prior to using this 6 POST-BID INFORMATION document. 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AIA Document A701 TM—2018.Copyright O 1970,1974,1978,1987,1997 and 2018 by The American Institute o of Architects.All rigucnon orohtsoreserved.this Aff P i G t t This WO €nc€imon _:�;eatected t U.S,C p ght Law it ern dot r al Trestles e _Unauthorized thorize dS teprocr say p,,.;cer of lt,rr ay r000/f in.eoezo&A and cr rninal r,enaities,anti:MU s.prosecuted.0 the maximum extent pcssibie under the land This document was produced by AIA software at 11:59:14 ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No.1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale,A65) User Notes: ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS §1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the Proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,supplementary instructions to bidders,the bid form,and any other bidding forms.The Proposed Contract Documents consist of the unexecuted form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor and that Agreement's Exhibits,Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,all Addenda,and all other documents enumerated in Article 8 of these Instructions. §1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,or in other Proposed Contract Documents apply to the Bidding Documents. §1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect,which,by additions,deletions, clarifications,or corrections,modify or interpret the Bidding Documents. §1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. §1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents,to which Work may be added or deleted by sums stated in Alternate Bids. §1.6 An Alternate Bid(or Alternate)is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from,or that does not change,the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents,is accepted. §1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials,equipment,or services,or a portion of the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents. §1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. §1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials,equipment,or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS §2.1 By submitting a Bid,the Bidder represents that: .1 the Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents; .2 the Bidder understands how the Bidding Documents relate to other portions of the Project,if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction; .3 the Bid complies with the Bidding Documents; .4 the Bidder has visited the site,become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and has correlated the Bidder's observations with the requirements of the Proposed Contract Documents; .5 the Bid is based upon the materials,equipment,and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception;and .6 the Bidder has read and understands the provisions for liquidated damages,if any,set forth in the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. — ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS §3.1 Distribution §3.1.1 Bidders shall obtain complete Bidding Documents,as indicated below,from the issuing office designated in the advertisement or invitation to bid, for the deposit sum, if any,stated therein. (Indicate how,such as by email, website, host site/platform,paper copy, or other method Bidders shall obtain Bidding Documents.) AIA Document A701 TM_2018 Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987, 1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.cWARNiNG or This AA' Document is protested by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or ci st.i any portion of it,may result :streets err,and criminal penalties,and will be prosecutedto the maximum extent possible underthe t .Thisssnen8, document was produced by AIA software at 11.59:14 ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No.1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale, 2 User Notes: (3B9ADA65) §3.1.2 Any required deposit shall be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the paper Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids.The cost to replace missing or damaged paper documents will be deducted from the deposit.A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the paper Bidding Documents,and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded. §3.1.3 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the advertisement or invitation to bid,or in supplementary instructions to bidders. §3.1.4 Bidders shall use complete Bidding Documents in preparing Bids.Neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete Bidding Documents. §3.1.5 The Bidding Documents will be available for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work.No license or grant of use is conferred by distribution of the Bidding Documents. §3.2 Modification or Interpretation of Bidding Documents §3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study the Bidding Documents,shall examine the site and local conditions,and shall notify the Architect of errors, inconsistencies,or ambiguities discovered and request clarification or interpretation pursuant to Section 3.2.2. §3.2.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall be submitted by the Bidder in -' writing and shall be received by the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. (Indicate how, such as by email, website, host site/platform,paper copy, or other method Bidders shall submit requests for clarification and interpretation.) §3.2.3 Modifications and interpretations of the Bidding Documents shall be made by Addendum.Modifications and interpretations of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner shall not be binding,and Bidders shall not rely upon them. §3.3 Substitutions §3.3.1 The materials,products,and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function,dimension,appearance,and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. §3.3.2 Substitution Process §3.3.2.1 Written requests for substitutions shall be received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.Requests shall be submitted in the same manner as that established for submitting clarifications and interpretations in Section 3.2.2. §3.3.2.2 Bidders shall submit substitution requests on a Substitution Request Form if one is provided in the Bidding Documents. §3.3.2.3 If a Substitution Request Form is not provided,requests shall include(1)the name of the material or equipment specified in the Bidding Documents;(2)the reason for the requested substitution;(3)a complete description of the proposed substitution including the name of the material or equipment proposed as the substitute, performance and test data,and relevant drawings;and(4)any other information necessary for an evaluation.The request shall include a statement setting forth changes in other materials,equipment,or other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of other contracts or the impact on any Project Certifications(such as LEED),that will result from incorporation of the proposed substitution. §3.3.3 The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer.The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. §3.3.4 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval shall be set forth in an Addendum. Approvals made in any other manner shall not be binding,and Bidders shall not rely upon them. AIA Document A701 TM—2018.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987,1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARN USG: Eta€e MAT Document ie protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties.Unauthorised reproduction ter diatributicu of this AiNtr Doseirosnr, 3 or any portion of it,may result in severe clvii and eriwinet perisiUss,end willbe prosecuted to the niaWmtior extent possibte under the ie .This document was produced by AIA software at 11:59:14 ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA65) §3.3.5 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract — Documents. §3.4 Addenda §3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to Bidders known by the issuing office to have received complete Bidding Documents. (Indicate how,such as by email, website, host site/platform,paper copy, or other method Addenda will be transmitted.) §3.4.2 Addenda will be available where Bidding Documents are on file. -- §3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids, except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. §3.4.4 Prior to submitting a Bid,each Bidder shall ascertain that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES §4.1 Preparation of Bids §4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with or identified in the Bidding Documents. §4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed.Paper bid forms shall be executed in a non-erasable medium. §4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and numbers, unless noted otherwise on the bid form.In case of discrepancy,the amount entered in words shall govern. §4.1.4 Edits to entries made on paper bid forms must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. _ §4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid.If no change in the Base Bid is required,enter"No Change"or as required by the bid form. §4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested,the Bidder may,without forfeiture of the bid security,state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder.The Bidder shall neither make additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. §4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name and legal status of the Bidder. As part of the documentation submitted with the Bid,the Bidder shall provide evidence of its legal authority to perform the Work in the — jurisdiction where the Project is located.Each copy of the Bid shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract.A Bid by a corporation shall further name the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed.A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached, certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. —' §4.1.8 A Bidder shall incur all costs associated with the preparation of its Bid. §4.2 Bid Security §4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by the following bid security: (Insert the form and amount of bid security.) §4.2.2 The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and shall, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required,the amount AIA Document A701"'-2018.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987,1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING: This Aik'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law end International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Aid," Document, 4 -- or any portion of h,may result in severe civil and criminai penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 11:59:14 ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No.1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA65) ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND §7.1 Bond Requirements §7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. §7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the cost shall be in If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. chided in the Bid. §7.1.3 The Bidder shall provide surety bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §of 7 Unless otherwise indicated below,the Penal Sum of the Payment and Performance Bonds shall the Conte s Sum. be (If Payment or Performance Bonds are to be in an amount other than 100%of the Contract Sum indicate the amount art amount or percentage of the Contract Sum.) the dollar — §7.2 Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds §7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days followingthe execution of the Contract.If the Work is to commence sooner in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, to commencement of the Work,submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished date andf delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. prior §7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided,the bonds shall be written on ALA Document A312 Performance Payment Bond. Bond and §7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. §7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §8.1 Copies of the proposed Contract Documents have been made available to the Bidder and consist of following documents: 1 AIA Document Al O1 TM2017 the , Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, unless otherwise stated below. (Insert the complete AIA Document number, including year, and Document title.) .2 AIA Document A 101 TM-2017,Exhibit A, Insurance and Bonds, unless otherwise stated below. — (Insert the complete AIA Document number, including year, and Document title.) .3 AIA Document A201TM--2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, unless otherwise stated below. (Insert the complete AIA Document number, including year, and Document title.) .4 AIA Document E203TM-2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,dated as indicated below: (Insert the date of the E203-2013) AIA Document A701 TM 2018 Copyright©1970,1974, 1978 1987 1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.�e °st ;r s P 1 t a r g, €tta a� asp.�b y.est.dt z s d, t ed to a at r distribution o ttt=_s e I as its Wit, document was produced by AIA software at 11 59:14 ET onn04/24/2019 under Order No.�1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: r a,sx€�= rd extent ss a the?: 7 This (369ADA65) .5 Drawings Number Title Date .6 Specifications Pages Section Title Date -- .7 Addenda: Number Date Pages — .8 Other Exhibits: ro riate information identifying the exhibit where (Check all boxes that apply and include app p required.) [ ] AIA Document E204T"4-2017,Sustainable Projects Exhibit,dated as indicated below: (Insert the date of the E204-2017.) [ j The Sustainability Plan: Title Date Pages [ ] Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract: Title Date Pages Document .9 Other documents listed below:(List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Proposed Contract Documents.) d. ;r�... h © 970 1974,1978, 981err en and 20 a8s by The r� rca do u te o f h e A l 9h$r bbe es 4 a ;� $ AIAThi Document ma ote Cop brig aw.This "t po -o t, nnui t #rev U Copyright o.any�rz,a,rara,�f t=,may r s��t in severe c M and ceflmfna,penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum oetent poisate ender the t(389ADA65j document was produced by AIA software at 11:59:14 ET on 04/2412019 under Order No.1875935897 which expires on 07113/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: .-- 1 1 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SCOPE The following Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall be intended to modify and expand the referenced Instructions to Bidders and they shall take precedence over any statements of the AIA Document A701,2018 forms. The article and paragraph of the AIA Document which the supplementary statement refers to is so noted. Where any part of the AIA,A701, Instructions to Bidders is modified,the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1.5. LIST OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS All drawings are all branch sets. GENERAL 5G1-10 TITLE SHEET, SHEET INDEX,PROJECT GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL { 5A1-71 ROOF PLAN 5A9-11 N EXISTING UPPER FLOOR PLAN—NORTH 5A9-12S EXISTING UPPER FLOOR PLAN—SOUTH 5A9-13 EXISTING BUILDING SECTIONS STRUCTURAL 5S1-00 STRUCTURAL NOTES 5 S4-11 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 5S5-11 STRUCTURAL FRAMING SECTIONS 5S5-12 STRUCTURAL FRAMING SECTIONS 5S5-13 STRUCTURAL FRAMING SETIONS AND DETAILS MECHANICAL 5M1-11 PENTHOUSE DEMOLITION PLAN 5M2-11 PENTHOUSE HVAC PLAN 5M2-21 PENTHOUSE HYDRONIC PLAN 5M3-I1 CALLOUTS, SECTIONS,AND ELEVATIONS 5M4-11 HVAC AND HYDRONIC DETIALS 5M5-11 HVAC ND HYDRONIC SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL 5E2-11 PENTHOUSE DEMOLITION PLAN 5E3-11 PENTHOUSE DEMOLITION PLAN SPECIFICATIONS Common Sections(including Division I),plus Divisions V,VI, VII and X. Mechanical/Electrical Divisions 23 and 26. 1 '■1 PROJECT#19-23141 _ S.I.B. Page 1 1 All bidders will receive the following specification headings in addition to the specific heading listed below. TITLE SHEET _. INDEX ADVERTISEMENT TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FORM OF PROPOSAL ...- BIDDER STATUS FORM GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 3.1.6. PLANS ON FILE Owner City of Waterloo,Iowa 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo,IA 50703 Ph: 319-291-4323 ._ Architect ISG,Inc. �.. 314 East 4th Street Waterloo,IA 50703-4704 Ph: 319-234-1515 Mechanical&Electrical Engineer ISG,Inc. 1300 Walnut Street+Suite 101 Des Moines,IA 50309 Ph: 515-243-9143 Waterloo Bldg. Dept. City Hall 715 Mulberry Waterloo,IA 50703 Ph: 319-291-4319 r.. w PROJECT#19-23141 S.I.B. Page 2 �s• ■w PLAN ROOMS mu Construction Update Plan Room 221 Park Street PO Box 695(50303) Des Moines,IA 50309 Ph: 515-288-8904; 800-362-2578 Fax: 515-288-2617 1 McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 2507 Ingersoll Avenue "' Des Moines IA 50312 Ph: 515-223-1046 Fax: 515-223-8564 McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 3872 Elmore Ave. Davenport,IA 52807 41 Ph: 563-355-1250 Fax: 563-355-1283 H "i1 agil i 7 hl 1 1 "it 1 1 PROJECT#19-23141 S.I.B. Page 3 7 Imo 3.2.4. INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS questions shall arise after the letting of the contract respecting the true meaning of the drawings In the event that an y q anifest errors or omissions which affect the submitted bid. and sp ecifications,the matter shall be referred to the Architect,whose decision shall be conclusive upon allparties to the contract. No advantage shall be taken of any m . 3.3.3. APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS listed pre-approved must be Approval to bid any material other than the specified products and any led e-athe pAroved substitutions wili submi an approval requested by the supplier in accordance with Division I-016000. If approved, the Architect no less than 5 business days prior to the bid ateot so letter. The requesting lettert must be received by prior to copy of the approval letter shall accompany the proposal of such material to the Contractor. Any approved will not be permitted on the project. This also applies to Subcontractors which must be approvedp the bidding when so specified. , 3.4.1. ADD_ END?—' Add the following: All contractors are required to register on Rapidsrepro.com/planroom for this project. Addenda will be distributed through that source. If any contractor Rapids Reproductions'not have the office at 1ty to e800-383r on the 11223 to make other arrangements for thad are required to contact rran ements to receive addenda.Bidders must acknowledge receipt of any/all addenda on their Form of � other a g Proposal form. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES _. FORMAND _._ remove the proposal bound in these specifications. A new Form of Proposal will be forwarded with The bidder may r.. addendum for the prime bidder's use if changes have been made to the Form. 4.2. BID SECURITY 4.2.1. Modifysubparagraph 4.2.1. as follows: N... r osal id bond is used shall be as Bi d Security will be required as stipulated in the Advertisement be submitaed in a,and if separate envelope than the specified �. in Instructions to Bidders A701,4.2.2. Bid security shalltyped on its face the following dent under the Sec letterhead of the 5 ntractor. The envelope BROTHERSall have CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE identification: Bid Security for the 5 SULLIVANSUL CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. 4.3. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4.3.1. IDENTIFICATION OF PROPOSAL Proposal shall be submitted in a single envelope un forer the etterhead of the Contractor. The envelope shall the5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTIONve P typed on its face the following identification: Proposal CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. ,..., If mailed,the outside envelope must be addressed to KELLEY FELCHLE,CITY CLERK. 4.3.2. SUBMISSION OF BIDS the Owner on the p p so as to reach Bids shall mailediror the time t the Secretary ddin in the Advertisement to FormB All bids will be time and date stamped their destination prior to the time set forg � upon receipt. Page 4 PROJECT#19-23141 S.I.B. `„ H 7 4.4.1. WITHDRAWAL OF BID 7 No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of thirty(30)days after the date and hour set for the opening of bids. s 4.4.5. SPECIAL NOTICE .y Bidders are hereby given notice to check carefully the accuracy and arithmetic of their bids before submission- pleas of errors in bids will result in rejection of that bid and award to the next low bidder and disposition of bid ' security is at the discretion of the Owner. "'' ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS j 5.1.2. STANDARD OF BIDDING PROCEDURES 7 Bidding and award procedures will be conducted according to the latest edition of"Manual of Recommended Procedure for Competitive Bidding and Award of Building Contracts"as prepared by C.C.I. (Construction Council of Iowa). 1 5.3.1. ACCEPTANCE OF BIDS Bids will be acted upon at the time of bidding or at such subsequent time as the Owner may decide within the time limit stated in S.I.B.4.4.1. above. ' ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION s 6.1.2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Submission of the proposal for this work shall constitute assurance that the Contractor is qualified and will be able to furnish all of the requirements of this contract, including bonds,guarantees,insurance,and related items as required and herein set out. 1 ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 7.3. BOND 1 Bond under this contract will be required according to 7.1.1. Furnishing the Bond shall be executed within 14 days of the Notice of Award of Contract. The Bond shall continue for twelve(12)months from the day on which final payment under the contract falls due and shall be written on AIA Document A312. Contractor shall deliver a bond "1in the full amount(100%)of the contract sum concurrently with the signed Agreement. ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS " 8.1.1. FORM OF CONTRACT 1 If the Contractor be notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he agrees to execute a contract for the work for the stated compensation in the form of the AIA Standard Form of Agreement Between Contractor and Owner for Construction,AIA Document A101,2017 Edition,sample copy on file at the Architect's office. The prime Contractor shall execute the signed agreement within 14 days of the Notice of Award of Contract. "f 1 al PROJECT#19-23141 S.I.B. Page 5 7 CLARIFICATIONS&MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD A101 4. Under 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Modify as follows: Section 5.1.3 reflects the following: The Architect must receive the Contractor's application for payment not later tom than the last day of a month and the Owner must pay the Contractor not later than the 15th day of the following month. Also,under Section 5.1.3, if the Contractor fails to submit a payment application to the Architect by the last day of a month,the Owner shall not be required to make payment to the Contractor until the Owner's next regular ... payment cycle which would be the 15th day of the month two months after receipt of the Pay Application. In light of the new competitive bidding law,add the following to Section 5.1.8: Request for Early Release of Retainage Funds: Upon achieving Substantial Completion, as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 26,the Contractor may formally request the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on the Project. The Contractors' request for Release of the Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn statement that ten (10) calendar days prior to filing the Request for Release of the Funds a notice was given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor is requesting the early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor,the Owner will release all retainage funds at the next monthly council meeting or within thirty(30)days, whichever is less,except it may retain the following: a) An amount equal to 200%of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the Project as determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes of section, "authorized contract representative"means the Architect of record on the Project,unless otherwise specified. b) An amount equal to 200% of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the time the Request of Release of Retainage is approved. If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of the receipt of the request. Article 5.2 outlines the provisions regarding final payment and references Subparagraph 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-2017. Under the Contract,the Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than thirty-one (31)days after the issuance of the Architect's fmal Certificate of Payment. Under Section 5.2.2 add that the owner may withhold 200%of the value of the work not satisfactorily completed at the time of fmal acceptance as well as the withholding of 200% of the value of any Iowa Code Chapter 573 claims on file 30 days after final acceptance prior to the making of any final payment. Under Article 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION,modify as follows: - The Contract may be terminated by either the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions,and the Owner may suspend work in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Under Article 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS,modify as follows: Under Section 8.2,the late payment provision should be amended to read as follows: Payments due and unpaid under the contract document shall bear interest from the date payment is due at a rate equal to the rate specified by rule pursuant to Iowa code Section 74A.2. PROJECT#19-23141 S.I.B. Page 6 r.. I FORM OF PROPOSAL GENERAL CONTRACT 1. SUBMITTED TO: CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA 2. SUBMITTED BY: 3. PROJECT: 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA 4. DOCUMENTS: A. Advertisement to Bid. � 1 B. Instructions and Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. C. General and Supplementary General Conditions. D. Proposal Bid Form properly executed with Bid Security and/or other '"F Supplementary Forms. E. Plans and Specifications. F. Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated ..� (Contractor to insert number of each Addendum received) 5. AGREEMENTS: In submitting this proposal,the Contractor agrees to the following stipulations A. Contract date will be on or after the bidding date,and Contractor will be required to hold valid all terms of the proposal. B. The requirements of the Instructions to Bidders will be adhered to. C. If the undersigned be notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he/she agrees to execute a contract for the above work,for the below stated compensation in the form prescribed in Article 8.1 of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. D. The work will be accomplished in accord with the contract documents. E. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract,to have the work substantially completed on or before the 7th day of August 2020. f, F. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract and required by Article 7 to execute and deliver to the Owner prior to the signing of the agreement,a satisfactory bond in the form set out in Paragraph 7.3 of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. G. To include in the bid all other taxes lawfully assessed against the Contractor or company in connection with the work included herein. SEE: SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 3.6.1. TAXES 6. PROPOSAL Having carefully examined the contract documents as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work,the .itit undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor and materials to complete the general contract requirements of the project in accordance with said documents for the sum of: DOLLARS (S ) BASIS BID** (**Basis Bid to include Contingency Allowance, see Section 012100 Allowances) Contractor initial here acknowledging allowances are included in Basis Bid w Form of Proposal - General Contract(Continued) Respectfully Submitted, PERSON,FIRM OR CORPORATION BIDDER FIRM: BY: Signature/Title BY: Print/Type above name/Title DATE: ADDRESS 1: ADDRESS 2: CITY, STATE,ZIP: PHONE: "1 FAX: EMAIL: 4 9 II al 1 iidder Status Form —To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer"Yes" or"No" for each of the following: ❑ Yes n N• o My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). Yes ❑ N• o My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. _❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. C Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. _-,❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes"for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C — 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to resident bidders, resident labor -- force preferences or any other type of preference to bidders or laborers? El Yes ❑ No 3. If you answered `Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. —To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my - failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: — Signature: Date: - You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. 309-6001 (09-15) Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. a ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. — ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. - ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. El Yes n No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 (09-15) 1 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 7 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction shall be AIA Document A-201,2017 by the American Institute of Architects,are hereby made to govern the accompanying drawings and specifications,except that the 1 accompanying Supplementary General Conditions shall take precedence over and modify, delete and/or add to any statements of the AIA forms. ,.-, Although AIA Document A201,2017 is not bound in these specifications,the document is considered inclusive by 1 reference and as modified by the Supplementary General Conditions hereafter. A copy of the General Conditions is i available for purchase at the Architect's office or through AIA Iowa. 7 7 i") I 1 i 7 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 r g Document A201TM - 2017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its THE OWNER: completion.The author may also (Name, legal status and address) have revised the text of the original AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available THE ARCHITECT: from the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left (.Name, legal status and address) margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. TABLE OF ARTICLES This document has important legal MM.. 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect 2 OWNER to its completion or modification. For guidance in modifying this 3 CONTRACTOR. document to include supplementary conditions,see AIA Document 4 ARCHITECT A503TM,Guide for Supplementary Conditions. 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Init. AIA Document A201 T"-2 01 7.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937, 1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA` Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum exornt possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 6. INDEX 2.5, 3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,4.2.7 L, (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) Architect's Authority to Reject Work 3.5,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 1.1.7, 1.5 6. 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Architect's Decisions Acceptance of Work 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3, 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.3 7.3.4,7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4.1,9.5,9.8.4,9.9.1, 6.. Access to Work 13.4.2, 15.2 3.16, 6.2.1. 12.1 Architect's Inspections Accident Prevention 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 ; 10 Architect's Instructions `.. Acts and Omissions 3.2.4,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 13.4.2 3.2, 3.3.2 3.12.8, 3.18,'4.2.3`8.3.1,9.5.1, 10.2.5, Architect's Interpretations 10.2.8, 13.3.2.'14.1. 15.1.2_ 15.2 4.2.11,4.2.12 6. F. Addenda Architect's Project Representative 1.1.1 4.2.10 Additional Costs, Claims for Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3.7.4,3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, .. Additional Inspections and Testing 3.5, 3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11,3.12, 3.16, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.4 3.18,4.1.2,4.2,5.2, 6.2.2,7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, Additional Time, Claims for 9.7, 9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5,3.10.2, 8.3.2,'15.1.6 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Administration of the Contract 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.3 3.1.3,4.2,9.4, 9.5 Architect's Representations j Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 f_ 1.1.1 Architect's Site Visits Aesthetic Effect 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 4.2.13 Asbestos r.. Allowances 10.3.1 3 8 Attorneys' Fees Applications for Payment 3.18.1,9.6.8,9.10.2, 10.3.3 4.2.5, 7.3.9,9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1,9.5.4,9.6.3,9.7,9.10 Award of Separate Contracts 1.. Approvals 6.1.1,6.1.2 2.1.1,2.3.1,2.5,3.1.3,3.10.2,3.12.8,3.12.9, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 3.12.10.1,4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.1 Portions of the Work L Arbitration 5.2 8.3.1. 15.3.2. 15.4 Basic Definitions ARCHITECT 1.1 1 4 Bidding Requirements L. Architect,Definition of 1.1.1 4.1.1 Binding Dispute Resolution Architect,Extent of Authority 8.3.1,9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 2.5. 3.12.7.4.1.2,4.2, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2,7.3.4,7.4,9.2, 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1 6. 9.3.1,9.4,9.5. 9.6.3, 9.8,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, Bonds,Lien 13.4.1, 13.4.2,`14.2.2,14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1 7.3.4.4,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.3 Architect,Limitations of Authority and Bonds,Performance,and Payment Responsibility 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 1 1.5 2.1.1,3.1 2.4, 3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2, Building Information Models Use and Reliance 4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,5.2.1,7.4, 1.8 9.4.2. 9.5.4,9.6.4, 1 5.1.4, 15.2 Building Permit 6. Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 3.7.1 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 Capitalization , Architect's Administration of the Contract 1.3 3.1.3,3.7.4, 15.2,9.4.1,9.5 Certificate of Substantial Completion Architect's Approvals 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The L. Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) User Notes: ..., nol i Certificates for Payment 3.7.4,4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 4.2.1,4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7, Conditions of the Contract 9.10.1.9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.4 1.1.1, 6.1.1,6.1.4 -- Certificates of inspection,Testing or Approval Consent,Written 13.4.4 3.4.2,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.3, 13.2, Certificates of Insurance 15.4.4.2 9.10.2 Consolidation or Joinder Change Orders 15.4.4 1.1.1, 3.4.2. 3.7.4,3.8.2.3, 3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8, 5.2.3, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.7,7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, SEPARATE CONTRACTORS -- 9.3.1.1,9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2 1.1.4,6 Change Orders,Definition of Construction Change Directive,Definition of 7.2.1 7.3.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK Construction Change Directives 2.22, 3.11,4.2.8, 7,7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 11.5 7.3,9.3.1.1 Claims, Definition of Construction Schedules,Contractor's -- 15.1.1 3.10,3.11,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Claims,Notice of Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 1.6.2, 15.1.3 5.4, 14.2.2.2 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Continuing Contract Performance 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4 15.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Contract,Definition of 15.4.1 1.1.2 — Claims for Additional Cost CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 3.2.4,3.3.1, 3.7.4,`7.3.9,9.5.2, 10.2.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 OF THE Claims for Additional Time 5.4.1.1,5.4.2, 11.5, 14 3.2.4. 3.3.1,3.7.4, 6.1.1, 8.3.2,9.5.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.6 Contract Administration Concealed or Unknown Conditions,Claims for 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 3.7.4 Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating Claims for Damages to — 3.2.4,3.18, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.33, 11.3, 3.7.1,3.10,5.2, 6.1 11.3.2. 14.2.4. 15.1.7 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of Claims Subject to Arbitration 1.5.2,2.3.6,5.3 15.4.1 Contract Documents,Definition of Cleaning Up 1.1.1 3.15, 6.3 Contract Sum Commencement oldie Work, Conditions Relating to 2.2.2,2.2.4,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.8,3.10.2,5.2.3,7.3,7.4, 2.2.1. 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.1, 9.2,9.4.2, 9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.1.2, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.2, 15.1.5 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contract Sum,Definition of 8.1.2 9.1 '— Communications Contract Time 3.9.1,4.2.4 1.1.4,2.2.1,2.2.2,3.7.4,3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.5, Completion, Conditions Relating to 7.2.1.3,7.3.1,7.3.5,7.3.6,7, 7, 7.3.10, 7.4, 8.1.1, 3.4.1,3.11. 3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2,9.8, 9.9.1, 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2, 9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 151.2 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.6.1, 15.2.5 COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of 9 8.1.1 Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR 3.10.1,4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, 3 9.10.3. 12.2, 15.1.2 Contractor,Definition of Compliance with Laws 3.1, 6.1.2 2.3.2,3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7,3.12.10,3.13, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.2.3, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Contractor's Employees Concealed or Unknown Conditions Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 3 '"'"I Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA,,Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and crimi sai penalties,and will be i / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 1 2.2.4,3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, Damage to the Work • { 10.2, 10.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Liability Insurance Damages,Claims for 11.1 3.2.4,3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 and Owner's Forces Damages for Delay i... 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.3, 12.2.4 6.2.3, 8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of 1.2.2,2.2.4, 3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,4.2.4,5,9.6.2, 8.1.2 t_ 9.6.7,9.10.2, 11.2, 11.3,'',11.4 Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.3 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4, 3.3.1,3.4.2, Day,Definition of 3.5.1,3.7.4,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.2, 5.2, 8.1.4 62.2,7, 8.3.1 9.2. 9.3, 9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, Decisions of the Architect 10.3. 1 1.3, 12. 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,6.3,7.3.4, Contractor's Representations 7.3.9, 8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.4.2, 3.2.1,3.2.2,3.5,3.12.6..6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Decisions to Withhold Certification Work 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 3.3.2,3.18, 5.3,6.1.3,6.2. 9.5.1, 10.2.8 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, .— Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Rejection and Correction of 3.2 2.5,3.5,4.2.6, 6.2.3,9.5.1,9.5.3,9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.10.4, 12.2.1 22.2,9.7 — Definitions Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 1.1,2.1.1,3.1.1,3.5,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 5.1, 14.1 6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.1,9.1,9.8.1, 15.1.1 Contractor's Submittals Delays and Extensions of Time ._ 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7„5.2.1, 5.2.3,9.2,9.3,9.8.2, 3.2,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 9.8.3,9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Contractor's Superintendent Digital Data Use and Transmission 3.9, 10.2.6 1.7 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Disputes Procedures 6.3,7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3, 6.2.4, Documents and Samples at the Site _ 7.1.3,7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2,10, 12, 14. 15.1.4 3.11 Coordination and Correlation Drawings,Definition of 1.2,3.2.1,3.3.1,3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3,6.2.1 1.1.5 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of 1.5,2.3.6,3.11 3.11 Copyrights Effective Date of Insurance 1.5. 3.17 8.2.2 — Correction of Work Emergencies 2.5, 3.7.3,9.4.2. 9.8.2. 9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3, 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.5 15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2,15.2.1 Employees,Contractor's Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 12 10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Cost,Definition of Equipment,Labor,or Materials 7.3.4 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, Costs 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3,9.5.1.3, 2.5. 3.2.4,3.7.3, 3.8.2,3.15.2,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 i 7.3.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, Execution and Progress of the Work ' 11.2, 12.1.2. 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.3.4,2.3.6, 3.1,3.3.1, 3.4.1,3.7.1, L"' Cutting and Patching 3.10.1,3.12,3.14,4.2,6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,9.5.1, _ 3.14, 6.2.5 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.4 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Extensions of Time ir. Contractors 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3,7.4,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 10.4, 14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The t.. Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA` Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AMA''Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) r.. i Failure of Payment INSURANCE AND BONDS 9.5.1.3, 9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 11 Faulty Work Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy (See Detective or Nonconforming Work) 9.9,1 Final Completion and Final Payment Insured loss,Adjustment and Settlement of 4.2.1,4.2.9, 9.8.2,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 11.5 Financial Arrangements,Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13 GENERAL PROVISIONS Interest 1 13.5 — Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,5.1,6.1.2, 15.1.1 Guarantees (See Warranty) Interpretations,Written Hazardous Materials and Substances 4.2.11,4.2.12 10.2.4. 10.3 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 15.4.2 5.2.1 Labor and Materials, Equipment — Indemnification 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13, 3.15.1, 3.17,3.18 9.6,8 9.10.2 10.3.3 11.3 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, Information and Services Required of the Owner 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 2.1.2,2.2,2.3. 3.2.2,3.12.10.1, 6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5, Labor Disputes 9.6.1,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 8.3.1 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Laws and Regulations Initial Decision 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4, —. 15.2 , 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, Initial Decision Maker;Definition of 15.4 1.1.8 Liens Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 — 14.2.4,15.1,4 2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Limitations, Statutes of Initial Decision Maker,Extent of Authority 12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15,2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Limitations of Liability Injury,or Damage to Person or Property 3.2.2,3.5,3.12.10, 3.12.10.1, 3.17,3.18.1,4.2.6, 10.2.8. 10.4 4.2.7,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.7,9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, Inspections 11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1 3.1.3, 3 3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9, 9.4.2,9.8.3, Limitations of Time —` 9.9.2.,9.10.1,'12.2.1, 13.4 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.7, Instructions to Bidders 5.2, 5.3,5.4.1, 6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 8.2, 9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, 1.1.1 9.4.1,9.5,9.6, 9.7,9.8,9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, Instructions to the Contractor 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5 3.2.4„3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2 Materials,Hazardous Instruments of Service,Definition of 10.2.4, 10.3 1.1.7 Materials,Labor,Equipment and — Insurance 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4.1,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 6.1.1,7.3.4, 8.2.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.4. 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.2.5, 5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 11 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 _ Insurance,Notice of Cancellation or Expiration Means,Methods,Techniques, Sequences and 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Procedures of Construction Insurance,Contractor's Liability 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 11.1 Mechanic's Lien — Insurance,Effective Date of 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Mediation Insurance,Owner's Liability 8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1, 11.2 15.4.1.1 Insurance,Property Minor Changes in the Work 10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5 1.1.1, 3.4.2,3.12.8,4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 Insurance, Stored Materials MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9.3.2 13 1 Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This.AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 5 ""1Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of thisAIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 1 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) Modifications,Definition of Separate Contracts 1.1.1 6.1 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Stop the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.5,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7, 2.4 10.3.2 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work Mutual Responsibility 14.3 6.2 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of 14.2, 14.4 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Other Instruments of Service 2.4, 2.5, 3.5,4.2.6. 6.2.45-9.5.15 9.8.25 9.9.35 9.10.4, 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5,2.3.6,3.2.2,3.11,3.17,4.2.12, 12.2 5.3 Notice Partial Occupancy or Use — 1,6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2,2.1.2,2.22., 2.2.3,2.2.4,2.5,3.2.4, 9.6.6,9.9 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 3.7.5,3.9.2,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,7.4, Patching,Cutting and 8.2.2 9.6.8 9.7; 9.10 1 10.2.8 10.3.2 11.5 12.2.2.1, 3.14, 6.2.5 — 13.4.1, 13.4.2. 14.1, 14.2.2, 14,4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, Patents 15.1.6; 15.4.1 3.17 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance Payment,Applications for 11.1.4, 11.2.3 4.2.5, 7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, 9.6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, .. Notice of Claims 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1,6_2,2.1.2, 3.7.4, 9.68, 10.2.8, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, Payment,Certificates for 15.1.6. 15.2.8. 15.3.2. 15.4.1 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7,9.10.1, tI. Notice of Testing and Inspections 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 13.4.1, 13.4.2 Payment,Failure of Observations, Contractor's 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 3.2,3.7.4 Payment,Final L. Occupancy 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 2.3.1,9.6.6.9.8 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and Orders.Written 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 1.1.1,2.4,3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, Payments,Progress 1.1 14.3.1 9.3,9.6,9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 OWNER PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 2 9 i.. Owner,Definition of Payments to Subcontractors 2.1.1 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 Owner,Evidence of Financial Arrangements PCB 2.2 13.2.2 14.1.1.4 10.3.1 ... Owner,Information and Services Required of the Performance Bond and Payment Bond 2.1.2,2.2,2.3, 3.2.2,3.12.10, 6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5, 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 i 9.3.2,9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws 13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 2.3.1,3.7,3.13,7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 Owner's Authority PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF 1.5 2.1.1 2.3.32.4 2.5 3.4.2;`3.8.1 3.12.10,3.14.2, 10 4.1.2,4.2.4,4.2.9;5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1,6.1, 6.3,7.2.1, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1,9.6.4, 9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.1 10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, Product Data,Definition of 15.2.7 3.12.2 ... Owner's Insurance Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 11.2 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors Progress and Completion 1.1.2, 52, 5.3,_5.4, 9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2 4.2.2, 8.2,9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 `" Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work Progress Payments 2.5, 14.2.2 9.3, 9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 Owner's Right to Clean Up Project,Definition of ,.., 6.3 1.1.4 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Project Representatives AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The ti... Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AI.A' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ABA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) ... "1 1 4.2.10 6.1.1 Property Insurance Shop Drawings,Definition of 10.2.5, 11.2 3.12.1 Proposal Requirements Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1.1.1 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Site, Use of 10 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Regulations and Laws Site Inspections 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10, 3.13,9.6.4,9.9.1, 3.2.2,3.3.3,3.7.1,3.7.4,4.2,9.9.2,9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.41, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, Site Visits,Architect's — 15.4 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Rejection of Work Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4 Releases and Waivers of Liens Specifications,Definition of 9.3.1, 9.10.2 1.1.6 Representations Specifications 3.2.1,3.5, 3.12.6, 8.2.1,9.3.3.9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5,3.12.10,3.17,4.2.14 Representatives Statute of Limitations 2.1.1,3.1.1, 3.9,4. .1 4.2.10, 13.2.1 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work Stopping the Work — 3.3.2,3.18.42.2, 4.2.3,5.3, 6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 2.22,2.4,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Retainage Stored Materials 9.3.1, 9.6.2,9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions Subcontractor,Definition of -. by Contractor 5.1.1 3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 SUBCONTRACTORS Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 5 Architect Subcontractors,Work by 3.10.1. 3.10.2. 3.11, 3.12,4.2, 5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,3.18,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4, Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and 9.3.1.2,9.6.7 Samples by Contractor Subcontractual Relations 3.12 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Rights and Remedies Submittals 1.1.2,2.4,2.5. 3.5..3.7.4,3.15.2,4.2.6,5.3,5.4,6.1, 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.4, 9.2, 9.3, 6.3.7.3.1, 8.3. 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3. 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 9.8, 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4 Submittal Schedule Royalties,Patents and Copyrights 3.10.2,3.12.5,4.2.7 3.17 Subrogation,Waivers of Rules and Notices for Arbitration 6.1.1, 11.3 15.4.1 Substances, Hazardous Safety of Persons and Property 10.3 10.2, 10 4 Substantial Completion Safety Precautions and Programs ' 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2, 9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7, 5.3, 10.1,`10.2. 10.4 12.2, 15.1.2 Samples,Definition of Substantial Completion,Definition of -, 3.12.3 9.8.1 Samples, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Substitution of Subcontractors 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 5.2.3,5.2.4 Samples at the Site, Documents and Substitution of Architect — 3.11 2.3.3 Schedule of Values Substitutions of Materials 9.2,9.3.1 3.4.2, 3.5,7.3.8 ... Schedules.Construction Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 5.1.2 ; Separate Contracts and Contractors Subsurface Conditions 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 3.7.4 Separate Contractors,Definition of Successors and Assigns Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING: this AlA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 7 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 6.. 13.2 2.1.2,2.2,2.5, 3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2, Superintendent 5.2, 5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, L. 3.9. 10.2.6 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7, 9.8,9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, Supervision and Construction Procedures 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.4 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4, Time Limits on Claims 7.1.3.7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1,9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 — Suppliers Title to Work 1.5, 3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.5.4,9.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3 9.10.5, 14.2.1 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK — Surety 12 5.4.1.2,9.6.8, 9.8.5, 9.102 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2, Uncovering of Work 15.2.7 12.1 Surety,Consent of Unforeseen Conditions,Concealed or Unknown — 9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Surveys f Unit Prices 1.1.7,2.3.4 7.3.3.2,9.1.2 — Suspenion by the Owner for Convenience Use of Documents 14.3 1.1.1, 1.5,2.3.6,3.12.6,5.3 Suspension of the Work Use of Site 3.7.5,5.42, 14.3 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 L. Suspension or Termination of the Contract Values,Schedule of 5.4.1.1, 14 9.2,9.3.1 Taxes Waiver of Claims by the Architect L 3.6,3.8.2.1. 7.3.4.4 13.3.2 Termination by the Contractor Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 141, 15.1.7 9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Cause Waiver of Claims by the Owner L. 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 151.7 9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.4 14.2.4, 15.1.7 6.. Termination of the Architect Waiver of Liens 2.3.3 9.3,9.10.2,9.10.4 Termination of the Contractor Employment Waivers of Subrogation 142.2 6.1_1, 11.3 r.. Warranty TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 3.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.4, 12.2.2, CONTRACT 15.1.2 iL. 14 Weather Delays Tests and inspections 8.3, 15.1.6.2 3.1.3,3.3.3.3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, Work,Definition of 9.92,.9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1, 13.4 1.1.3 TIME Written Consent 8 1.5.2,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.3.2,9.10.3, Time,Delays and Extensions of 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2L. 3.2.4, 3.7.4,5.2.3, 7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, Written Interpretations 10.3.2. 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 4.2.11,4.2.12 Time Limits Written Orders 1.1.1,2.4,3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 L. i.. , AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The .. init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 8 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AM' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AlA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADASD) two Notes: ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS §1.1 Basic Definitions §1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement)and consist of the Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General, Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings, Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement,and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive,or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the — Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals,the Contractor's bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. §1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either — written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants, (2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. —. §1.1.3 The Work The term"Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor,materials,equipment,and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. §1.1.4'The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. §1.1.5 The Drawings The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules,and diagrams. §1.16 The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. §1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations,in any medium of expression now known or later developed,of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include,without limitation,studies, surveys,models,sketches, drawings, specifications,and other similar materials. §1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in — accordance with Section 15.2.The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents §1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and ' completion of the Work by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA- Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA-'Documer t,or any portionof it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and wilt be 9 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. §1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions.If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law,or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable,then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable.In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed,to the fullest extent permitted by law,to give effect to the parties' intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. §1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. §1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. §1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are(1)specifically defined, (2)the titles of numbered articles,or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. §1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity,the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. §1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications,and Other Instruments of Service §1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective l.. I Instruments of Service,including the Drawings and Specifications,and retain all common law,statutory,and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service,including copyrights.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub- subcontractors; and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' reserved rights. §1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the L.. Instruments of Service provided to them,subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8,solely and exclusively for execution of the Work.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any.shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner,Architect,and the Architect's consultants. §1.6 Notice 6"' §1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2,where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party. such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person,by mail,byL. courier,or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. §1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail,or by courier providing proof of delivery. §1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other `" information or documentation in digital form.The parties will use AIA Document E203TM_2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,to establish the protocols for the development,use,transmission, and exchange of digital data. �- Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The ,.., American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA- Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 10 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) r., §1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of, or reliance on,all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of,and reliance on,the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set forth in AlA Document E203TM-2013,Building information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,and the requisite ALA Document G202TM-2013, Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form,shall be at the using or relying parry's sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants,the authors of,or contributors to,the building information model,and each of their agents and employees. ARTICLE 2 OWNER §2.1 General -- §2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents,as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to hind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise,provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner"means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. §2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor,within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information — necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of, or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. §2.2 Evidence of the Owner's Financial Arrangements §2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner provides such evidence. If commencement of the Work is delayed under this Section 2.2.1,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately. §2.2.2 Following commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract only if(1)the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2)the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due: or(3)a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum. If the Owner fails to provide such evidence, as required,within fourteen days of the Contractor's request,the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and, in that event,shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped.However,if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under(3)above,the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided.If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.2,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents. §2.2.3 After,the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2,the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. §2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as"confidential,"the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person.However,the Contractor may disclose"confidential"information,after seven (7)days'notice to the Owner,where disclosure is required by law,including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity,or by court or arbitrator(s)order. The Contractor may also disclose"confidential"information to its employees. consultants,sureties,Subcontractors and their employees, Sub-subcontractors,and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. §2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner §2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, Init. ARDocument A201 TA1-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAr' Document is protected by US.Copyright Law and International Treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AiA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 11 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent stnictures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. §2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture,or an entity lawfully practicing architecture,in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. �- §2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates,the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. §;2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. §2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such information or services. §2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. L. §2.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2`'or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent F i required by Section 6.1.3. §2.5 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within aten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may,pursuant to Section 9.5.1,withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies.including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect,or failure.If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or the Architect,or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner,the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR §3.1 General §31.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed,if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract.The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. §3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. AIA Document A201 T' -2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The `. Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AMA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 12 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) `. User Notes: §3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor §3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, .n become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. §3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,the Contractor shall,before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4, shall take field measurements of any existing ' conditions related to that portion of the Work,and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.It is recognized that the i � Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. — §3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes,ordinances, codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. §3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15.If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner,subject to Section 15.1.7, as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.If the Contractor performs those obligations..the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, "'t inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents,for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws,statutes, ordinances, codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities. §3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures §3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over,construction means,methods,techniques, """ sequences,and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means, methods,techniques,sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect, and shall propose alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction. Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor's proposed alternative, the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means, methods, techniques,sequences,or procedures. §3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for,or on behalf of,the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. — §3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. §3.4 Labor and Materials §3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Init. AMDocument A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA,, Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and wilt be 3 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4,the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. §3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. §3.5 Warranty §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise.The �.. Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects,except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work,materials,or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations to the Work not executed by the .i Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 6" §3.5.2 All material, equipment,or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner, or shall be transferable to the Owner,and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4. §3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. §3.7 Permits, Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws §3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits,fees,licenses,and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. §3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations.and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. §3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations.or lawful orders of public authorities,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. L. §3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor,stating the reasons.If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation,that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. AIA Document A201 TM-2 01 7.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.B.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 14 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document;or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §3.7.5 If,in the course of the Work,the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers,archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.Upon receipt of such notice,the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. §3.8 Allowances §3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. §3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor,installation costs,overhead,profit,and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances;and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section —r. 3.8.2.2. §3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. §3.9 Superintendent §3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work.The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. §3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent.Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor,stating whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. §3.10 Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules §3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the Project,including(1)the date of commencement of the Work,interim schedule milestone dates,and the date of Substantial Completion; (2)an apportionment of the Work by construction activity;and(3)the time required for completion of each portion of the Work. The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project. §3.10.2 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule,shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect's approval.The Architect's approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall(1)be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule,and(2)allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule,or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule,the Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA'' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this NA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 15 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. §3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. i� §3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available,at the Project site,the Contract Documents,including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives,and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction,and the approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar required submittals. These shall be in electronic form or paper copy,available to the Architect and Owner, and delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. §3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples §3.12.1.Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules,and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier,or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. §3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams, IMO and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. §3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials,equipment,or workmanship,and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. §3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. §3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve,and submit to the Architect. Shop Drawings.Product Data, Samples,and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents,in .,. accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors.s. §3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar submittals,the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has(1)reviewed and approved them,(2)determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and(3)checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. §3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. §3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,or similar submittals,unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data,Samples,or similar submittals,by the Architect's approval thereof. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 16 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) User Notes: §3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such notice,the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. §3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures.The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. §3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials,or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional,whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings,and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings,and other submittals related to the Work, designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect.The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services,certifications,and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy`Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. §3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor's design professional to certify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the design criteria,the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect. §3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,lawful orders of public authorities,and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. §3.14 Cutting and Patching §3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting, or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting,fitting,or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting, or patching,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. §3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting,patching,or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold,from the Owner or a Separate Contractor,its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. §3.15 Cleaning Up §3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools, construction equipment,machinery,and surplus materials from and about the Project. §3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. Init. AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 17 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 1.c §3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. §3.17 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement .t of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design,process,or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents,or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications,or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by,or made known to,the Contractor,the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. §3.18 Indemnification §3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages, losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the ... Work,provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or N,,, anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss,or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. §3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT §4.1 General §4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in �.. the Agreement. §4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not he restricted modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor,and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. §4.2 Administration of the Contract 1.11111 §4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. §4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction,or as otherwise agreed with the Owner,to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.The Architect will not have control over,charge of,or responsibility for the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or `' procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. §4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits,the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and promptly report to the Owner(1)known deviations from the AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The �._. Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 1 8 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA''Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and wits be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) Contract Documents,(2)known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and(3)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work.The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of,and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of,the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect's services or professional responsibilities.The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect.Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner.The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. §4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. §4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3,whether or not the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall,give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve,or take other appropriate action upon,the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for r— installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3,3.5,and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. §4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. §4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8;receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10;and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section ... 910. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. §4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. §4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable "01 from,the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 19 ..r Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA'<,Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either,and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. §4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate,the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS §5.1 Definitions §5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. §5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract ,,, Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. §5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work §5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work. including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design.Within 14 days of �... receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. §5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor,person,or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. §5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work that the Contractor,by these Contract Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract ~' Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies,and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 20 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Alfe-Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will — similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. §5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts — §5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner,provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement,the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. §5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall he equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. §5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4,the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity.If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS §6.1'Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts §6.1.1 The tenn"Separate Contractor(s)"shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar ..: to those of this Contract,including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. §'6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site the teiin"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. §6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with any Separate,Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules.The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner until subsequently revised. §6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces or with Separate Contractors,the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract, including,without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6,and Articles 10, 11,and 12. §6.2 Mutual Responsibility §6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. §6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, t ' AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA`5 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 21 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor's Work. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work.The Contractor shall not be responsible for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent. §6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. §6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5. §6.2.5 The Owner,and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. §6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK§7.1 General §7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor,and Architect.A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. §7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, _ Construction Change Directive, or order for a minor change in the Work. §7.2 Change Orders §7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor,and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the,adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. §7.3 Construction Change Directives §7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions,or other revisions,the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. §7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. §7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: Init. AMDocument A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 22 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this NA'' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by NA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.4. §7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,an amount for overhead ,:. and profit as set forth in the Agreement,or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement,a reasonable amount. In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following: 1 Costs of labor,including applicable payroll taxes,fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers' compensation insurance,and other employee costs approved by the Architect; .2 Costs,of materials, supplies,and equipment, including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others: .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use,or similar taxes,directly related to the change;and .5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. §7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time,the Contractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. §7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, provided in 'the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. §7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. §7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any,with respect to that change. §7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines,in the Architect's professional judgment,to be reasonably justified. The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. §7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and-do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time.The Architect's order for minor changes shall be in writing.If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 23 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ALA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (369ADA5D) User Notes: affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work.If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect's order for a minor change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. .� ARTICLE 8 TIME §8.1 Definitions t,. §8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. §8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. §8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. §8.1.4 The term"day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. §8.2 Progress and Completion §8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. §82.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,commence the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. §8.2.3 The Contractor-shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion ... within the Contract Time.. §8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time -- §8.3.1 Tithe Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by(1)an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, of an employee of either,or of a Separate Contractor; (2)by changes ordered in the Work; (3)by labor disputes, fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties,adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2,or other causes beyond the Contractor's control; (4)by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution;or(5)by other causes that the Contractor asserts, and the Architect determines justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. §8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. §8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of .• the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION §9.1 Contract Sum §9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. bir §9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. §9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price,the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment,allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form,and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy,required by the Architect. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require,and Init. MA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This MA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Alto' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 24 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's subsequent Applications i for Payment. §9.3 Applications for Payment §9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2,for completed portions of the Work. The application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by all .�. data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment that the Owner or Architect require,such as copies of requisitions,and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers,and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. §9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. §9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others - whom the Contractor intends to pay. §9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the site,for such materials and equipment stored off the site. §9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims, security interests, or encumbrances,in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers,or other persons or entities that provided labor,materials,and equipment relating to the Work. §9.4 Certificates for Payment §9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either(1) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor; or(2)issue to the Owner,a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in part as provided in Section 9.5.1; or(3)withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1. §9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment,that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information,and belief,the Work has progressed to the point indicated,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion,and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work;(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures; (3)reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment; or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. Init AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 25 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification §9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made.If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to Ir make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible,including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims,unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect's decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1, in whole or in part,that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. taw §9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3,the Owner may,at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered.If the Owner makes payments by joint check.the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment. §9.6 Progress Payments ,._ §9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. §9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor,no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner,the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. §9.6.3 The Architect will, on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on '" account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. §9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid 4„ Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work.If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days,the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid.Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay,or to see to the payment of money to,a Subcontractor or supplier,except as may otherwise be required by law. §9.6.5 The Contractor's payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 26 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA- Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) y„ §9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust,or entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. §9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss, liability,damage or expense,including reasonable attorney's fees and litigation expenses,arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier.Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment,the Owner shall notify the Contractor.If approved by the applicable court,when required,the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted. §9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents,the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution,then the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start- up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. §9.8 Substantial Completion §9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. §9.8.2 When,the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item,whether or not included on the Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall,before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect.In such case;the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. §9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. §9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Upon such acceptance,and consent of surety if any,the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 411, Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 27 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use §9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents.When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. §9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor,and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. §9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not 'constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment §9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection. When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable.The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled_ r.. §9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect(1) an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents,(4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment,(5)documentation of any special warranties,such as manufacturers'warranties or specific Subcontractor warranties,and(6)if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens,claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien,claim,security interest,or --- "encumbrance. If a lien,claim, security interest,or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien, Nor claim,security interest,or encumbrance,including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. §9.10.3 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion,and the Architect so confirms,the Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed,corrected,and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA3` Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 28 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlAt Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) ti §9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens,Claims, security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; -"s .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents;or A audits performed by the Owner, if permitted by the Contract Documents,after final payment. §9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a supplier,shall constitute a waiver of 1 claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs 44 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising all safety precautions and programs obi in connection with the performance of the Contract. §10.2 Safety of Persons and Property §10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to do* prevent damage,injury,or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, under care,custody,or control of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a Sub-subcontractor;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal,relocation,or replacement in the course of construction. tot §10.2.2 The,Contractor shall comply with,and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations. and lawful orders of public authorities,bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from:damage,injury, or loss. §10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement,erect,and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards;promulgating safety regulations;and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. §10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment,or unusual methods are at necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. §10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. §10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty Ishall he the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. §10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. 1 Init. MA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAs' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties„ 29 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,notice of the injury or damage,whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. §10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances §10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily '' injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB),encountered on the site by the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition. SNIP §10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice,the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to cause it to be rendered harmless.Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner.If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable k objection.When the material or'substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor.By Change Order,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shutdown,delay, and start-up. §10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage, loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),except to the extent that such damage,loss,or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. ) §10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or substances required by the Contract Documents,except to the extent of the Contractor's fault,or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. §10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs(1)for remediation of hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles,or(2)where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1,except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. §10.3.6 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. §10.4 Emergencies •— In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage,injury,or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ... Init. MA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.}WARNING:This AIA`- Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 30 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA- Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11.38.53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) `, ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS §11.1 Contractor's Insurance and Bonds §11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.The Owner,Architect,and Architect's consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor's commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents. §11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types, for such penal sums,and subject to such terms and 4- conditions as required by the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. 4 §11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor's Required Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration.Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor,the Owner shall,unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner,have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor. The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve .• the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. §11.2 Owner's Insurance §11.2.1 The Ott ncr shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the ..+ endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance.If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance,with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work.Upon 411 receipt of notice from the Owner,the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors,and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work.When the failure to provide coverage has been cured or resolved,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted. In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage,the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner. The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order. If the Owner does not provide written notice,and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto. §11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner's Required Property Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration.Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor: (1)the Contractor. upon receipt of notice from the Owner, shall have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner or the Contractor; (2)the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted;and(3)the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, set Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled. If the Contractor purchases replacement coverage,the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropriate Change Order.The furnishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide required insurance. Init. AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925, 1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 31 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AEA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be I / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §11.3 Waivers of Subrogation §11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcontractors,sub- subcontractors,agents,and employees,each of the other; (2)the Architect and Architect's consultants;and(3) Separate Contractors,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents,and employees,for damages caused by fire,or other causes of loss,to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance required by the Agreement or other property insurance applicable to the Project,except such rights as they have to proceeds �.. of such insurance. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate,shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Architect,Architect's consultants,Separate Contractors, subcontractors,and sub-subcontractors.The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this section 11.3.1 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation. This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity(1)even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,(2)even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly,or(3)whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged , property. §11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring .,,_ the Project during the construction period,to the extent permissible by such policies,the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this ,.. separate property insurance. §11.4 Loss of Use, Business Interruption,and Delay in Completion Insurance The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property,or the inability to conduct normal operations,due to fire or other causes of loss. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner's property,due to fire or other hazards however caused. ,R §11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss §11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2.The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner,and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner. §11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss,the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds.If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation.Upon receipt,the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions.Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience,the Owner and ,am Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose.If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds,the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss,and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. 14— Pending resolution of any dispute,the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK §12.1 Uncovering of Work §12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must, if requested in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. §12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. if such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 32 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) { 1 the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the costs of uncovering the Work,and the cost of correction, shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2 Correction of Work §12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or sl completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections,the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2.2 After Substantial Completion §12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so,unless the Owner has previously given the a. Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. ,,. §12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. §12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. A §12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors,whether completed or partially completed,caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the r '.. Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. §12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 1 f the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §13.1 Governing Law The Contract,shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located,excluding that jurisdiction's I 41st choice of law rules. If the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution,the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. al Ai Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 33 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,end will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) tir §13.2 Successors and Assigns §13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns,and legal representatives to covenants,agreements,and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided in Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other.If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. haw §13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project,if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. §13.3 Rights and Remedies §13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. . §13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect,or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing. §13.4 Tests and Inspections §13.4.1 Tests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules,and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections,and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections,and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests,inspections,or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded.The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests,inspections,or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. §13.4.2 If the Architect,Owner, or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing. inspection,or approval not included under Section 13.4.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection, or approval, by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. §13.4.3 If procedures for testing, inspection, or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure, including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses, shall be at the Contractor's expense. §13.4.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection,or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. §13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections,or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. §13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. §13.5 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate the parties agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. l Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties„ 34 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this MA- Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) ti,,, omit ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §14.1 Termination by the Contractor §14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days 7 through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work,for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; 41 .2 An act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency,that requires all Work to be i stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of iii the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2. §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensions, delays, or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3, ....: constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. §14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days' notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, as well as reasonable overhead and profit on Work not executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination. .r §14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor,or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional al days' notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. al §14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause §14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of a public authority;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. ,1 §14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist,and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,the Owner may,without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,seven days' notice,tejininate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon written request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. §14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. §14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not 1 expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This MA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 35 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) Imo the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. §14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience § 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work, in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. §14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay,or interruption under Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit.No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is,was,or would have been,so suspended,delayed,or interrupted,by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .R .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. §14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience §14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. §14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, ... terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. _- §14 4.3 hi case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed}costs incurred by reason of the termination,including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts. and the termination fee,if any,set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §15.1 Claims §15.1.1 Definition i.. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,payment of money,a change in the Contract Time, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.This Section 15.1.1 does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract,whether in contract,tort,breach of warranty or otherwise,in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law,but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work.Thetom Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2. §15.1.3 Notice of Claims §15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. Init. MA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 36 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA. Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) �,. §15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to the other party.In such event,no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required. §15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance §15.1.4.1 Pending fmal resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker's — decision, subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15.The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker. _ §15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim.Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. §15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time §15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given.The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of ..� delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay,only one Claim is necessary. §15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated, and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. §15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages — The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit, except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude assessment of liquidated damages,when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §15.2 Initial Decision §15.2.1 Claims,excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4,and 11.5,shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision.The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement.Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1,an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. If an initial decision has not been rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker,the party asserting the Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered. Unless the — Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree,the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. §15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2)reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise, or(5)advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that,in the Init. AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 37 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA--' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. §15.2.3 In evaluating Claims,the Initial Decision Maker may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision.The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of —. such persons at the Owner's expense. §15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of the request,and shall either(1)provide a response on the requested supporting data,(2)advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished,or(3)advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or.'in part. §15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim,or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim.This initial decision shall(1)be in writing;(2)state the reasons therefor;and (3)notify the parties and the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and,if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation,to binding dispute resolution. §15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time,subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. §15.2.6.1 Either party may,within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision,demand in writing that the other party tile for mediation. Tf such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding r.. dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. §15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor,the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Owner may,but is not obligated to notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. §15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in �,.. accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. §15.3 Mediation §15.3.1 Claims,disputes,or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract,except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4,9.10.5,and 15.1.7,shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. §15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing,delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but,in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2,the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s)and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. §15.3.3 Either party may,within 30 days from the date that mediation has been concluded without resolution of the `! dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded without resolution of the dispute,demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to binding ,,,, dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The ti Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING.This AM' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 38 Jnauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AMA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) `, 7 7 §15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall be held in the 1 place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 1 §15.4 Arbitration § 15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement,any Claim subject to,but not resolved by,mediation shall be subject to arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement. The Arbitration shall be conducted in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon. A demand for arbitration shall be .-- made in writing,delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the 1 arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. §15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for all mediation,but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.For statute of limitations purposes,receipt of a 041 written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. §15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment may be entered upon it in — accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity rot duly consented to by parties to the Agreement,shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder "i §15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules,either party may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that(1)the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation,(2)the arbitrations At to he consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact,and(3)the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). §15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules,either 1 party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration,provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim,dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. §15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4,whether by joinder or consolidation,the same rights of joinder and consolidation as those of the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. 1 1 AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING.This AIA': Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 39 Unauthorized any reproduction or distribution of this AIA,'Document,or p portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 1 ARTICLE 15 mit SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 15.1. SCOPE pal The following Supplementary General Conditions shall be intended to modify and expand the referenced General Conditions and they shall take precedence over any statements of the AIA documents. The article and paragraph of the General Conditions which the supplementary statements refer to is so noted. •-t ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS "'' 1.1.1 .THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Delete the last sentence of paragraph 1.1.1.,and replace with the following: The Contract Documents also include the bidding requirements (Advertisement to Bid,Notice to Bidders,Notice of Proposed Public Improvements and Instructions to Bidders). Unless specifically enumerated in the agreements,the Contract Documents do not include sample forms and the Contractor's Bid. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Add the following new language as Subparagraph 1.1.2.1: The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents. No Contract shall be formed between the parties until all Contract Documents are executed by both parties ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 GENERAL,add the following: Owner shall mean CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. 2.3 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 2.3.4: The Contractor shall compare information furnished by the Owner(including surveys and soil tests with observable physical conditions) and the Contract Documents and on the basis of such review, shall report to the Owner and Architect any conflicts, errors or omissions. Contractor shall be responsible for any additional costs, delays and damages resulting from the Contractor's failure to immediately report any such errors,inconsistencies or omissions. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1.1.1. DEFINITIONS All references to the "Contractor", etc., in this specification shall mean the prime General Contractor and shall be included as part of the prime Contractor's work if it occurs in the specifications issued under the scope of the prime Contractor's work, unless specifically stated otherwise. See "Supplementary Instructions to Bidders" 3.1.5. for documents under the prime Contractor's work. 1 PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 1 I two 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR Add the following new language to the end of Paragraph 3.2.1: The Contractor also represents that all Contract Documents for the Project have been examined; including those intended for work of trades not normally performed by the Contractor's own forces, and that it has become thoroughly familiar with all conditions which may pertain to or affect the Work under the Contract. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 3.4.1: Work required by the Contract Documents to be performed after working hours or work the Contractor elects to perform after hours shall be completed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.4.1.1. MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS All manufactured articles,materials,and equipment shall be applied, installed,connected, erected,used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's specifications including installation shall govern, unless these specifications are in conflict,in which case the more restrictive requirement shall be met. Add the new Paragraph 3.4.4 which reads as follows: Contractor shall perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to and interruption of the Owner's operations. Any and all interruptions of the operations of the Owner necessary for the performance of the Work shall be noted in the progress schedule and the Contractor shall additionally give the Owner sufficient advance notice of such interruption as to allow the Owner to adjust operations accordingly. Contractor's failure to give the Owner timely notice of such intentions shall place the responsibility of any resulting delays or additional costs solely with the Contractor. 3.5.1.1. RESPONSIBILITY The General Contractor shall assume responsibility for the building and protecting the work completed until such time as final acceptance by the Owner. Each Contractor is responsible for his/her own work. 3.6.1. TAXES As this is a tax-exempt entity,the Contractors are not required to pay sales tax on building materials. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and their Subcontractors to pay sales tax on items only that do not become part of the realty being constructed. Examples Include: • barricades • building equipment* • compressors • cranes • drill press • dynamite • electric generators • forms • fuel • hand tools • lathes • lodging • machinery* • pile drivers • replacement parts low for equipment • scaffolds • stakes • tools • utilities • vehicles, including grading, lifting and excavating vehicles • warning lights • * Machinery or other equipment that remain tangible personal property rather than becoming part of real property may be purchased by the contractor tax free for resale. However, it must be separately itemized and transferred to the exempt entity. The rental of construction equipment for use on or in connection with new construction, reconstruction, alteration, —" expansion or remodeling of a building or structure is exempt from Iowa sales or use tax. Certain construction-related equipment is not subject to local option tax but remains subject to the state sales tax. See Rule 701-107.9 for details. The Owner will provide to the successful contractor the required authorization letter and exemption certificate. The Contractor shall then forward these items to Subcontractors. PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 2 3.7.1.1. CONSTRUCTION PERMITS "The Contractor" referred to in this paragraph shall mean the General Contractor including the Mechanical, Electrical,and any Subcontractor's costs. DINN 3.7.2.1. BUILDING CODE All construction under this contract shall conform to the requirements of the local authority. The provisions of the ..T International Building Code 2015 and/or currently adopted State of Iowa Code as adopted and amended by the local authority shall be strictly followed. Local Planning and Zoning regulations, ordinances and requirements shall be followed as adopted. `oi 3.7.2.2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this contract,the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age or physical or mental disability. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race,creed,color, religion, national origin,sex,age or physical or mental disability except where it relates to a bona fide occupational qualification. Such action shall include but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training,including apprenticeship. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race,creed, color, religion, national origin, sex, age or physical or mental disability except where it relates to a bona fide occupational qualification. (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under this nondiscrimination clause a shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The Contractor will comply with all relevant provisions of the Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965 as amended, Iowa Executive Order#15 of 1973,Federal Executive Order 11246 of 1965 as amended by Federal Executive Order 11375 of 1967, the Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972, and all federal, state and local oaf provisions relevant to fair employment. (5) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the aforesaid rules, regulations or requests, this contract may be cancelled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts with the Owner. In addition,the Owner or institutions may take such further action,and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked, as provided by the Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965 as amended,Chapter 601A, Code of Iowa 1973,as heretofore and hereafter amended or as otherwise provided by law. (6) The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs(1)through (5) hereof in every subcontract and purchase order unless specifically exempted by the Owner, in accordance with the rules and regulations of 11111 the Owner, so that such provisions will be binding on each Subcontractor and vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any Subcontractor or purchase order as the Owner or the authorized representative thereof, may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. 3.7.5 Delete 3.7.5 in its entirety and substitute with the following: PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 3 1 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor knowingly encounters and recognizes human remains, burial markers, archeological sites or previously undelineated wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental "' authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence or good faith belief of such existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. Add a new Paragraph 3.7.6 which reads as follows: The Contractor is responsible for scheduling inspections related to the performance of its Work and ensuring Work is complete for inspections. Any costs associated with reinspection caused by irregularities, deficiencies or non- conforming Work will be borne by the responsible contractor including all Architectural and Engineering Services related to evaluation of the problem and development of an acceptable solution. 3.8. ALLOWANCES add Paragraph 3.8.4 as follows: See Division I-012100 Allowances for individual items for material allowances. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION&SUBMITTAL SCHEDULES Paragraph 3.10.1, after the last word in paragraph, "Project," and add the words, "or as requested by the Owner or Architect". 3.10.2:Delete the last sentence of 3.10.2 so that the section now reads as follows: 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be :,.. coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. Add a new Paragraph 3.13.1 which shall read as follows: The Contractor shall not bring or permit any subcontractor, supplier or anyone else for whom the Contractor is responsible,to bring on the site any asbestos, PCB's petroleum,hazardous waste or radioactive materials(except for proper use in performing the Work). ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT 4.1.1.1. ARCHITECT Architect shall mean the firm of ISG,Inc.,314 East 4th Street, Waterloo,Iowa 50703-4704. 4.1.1.2. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT Mechanical and Electrical Consultant shall mean the firm of ISG,Inc., 1300 Walnut Street+Suite 101,Des Moines, IA 50309. 4.2.2.1. REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS Throughout the plans and specifications, observations are called for by the Architect at certain stages of construction. The Contractor may not cover the work and to do so will require removal of all work covering the work to be viewed. The Contractor shall notify the Architect at least one (1) day prior to the time he will have to proceed with the work. The Architect agrees to visit the site within that time, or the Contractor may proceed with _ the work if the Architect fails to do so. See Division I-014000. PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 4 4.2.15. EXTRA SERVICE OF THE ARCHITECT If due to the neglect or fault of the Contractor damage is done to any existing building or grounds or work in place so that additional work is caused the Architect over and above his normal duties or if the contract time exceeds the time specified by more than 25%, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to reimburse the Owner for these extra services of the Architect caused by the Contractor's neglect or work. This charge is based on two-and-one-half times the per hour rate for draftsmen and principals,plus .mileage at the current IRS rate. See 017700 for additional inspection services. ,-t ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS " 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK. Amend Paragraph 5.2.1, Lines 1-2, by deleting the words: "as soon as practicable after award of contract" and inserting in lieu thereof: "within ten(10)days after the award of contract". 5.2.1.1. AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS No payments will be approved until Subcontractors and suppliers list has been submitted and approved. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1.5. WORK NOT INCLUDED All items herein specifically stated as being by other than this Contractor or by others who are not included in the "..11 Contractor's work, and all items designated N.I.C. or "by others" on the drawings are not a part of this Contractor's y work. ..� ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS Add paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: The form used to process a change order will be on AIA Document G701. Add the following subparagraph 7.2.3: 7.2.3 The forms used to process a Change Order will include AIA Document G701,Change Order. Add the following to subparagraph 7.3.2: ",and upon prior written approval of the Owner." ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 8.1.2: "or the date of the Notice to Proceed, whichever occurs later." Delete Subparagraph 8.1.4 and substitute the following Subparagraph: 8.1.4 The term"Day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day. PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 5 I r MEW IOW 8.1.5.DATE OF ENCLOSURE The term"date of enclosure" shall mean the date agreed to by all prime Contractors,the Owner and Architect when the building will be enclosed,sealed from the weather,and the heating system operable. ... 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 8.3.1: A time extension shall be Contractor's sole remedy and compensation for all such delays other than those resulting from the acts or negligence of the Owner, the Architect, or the Owner's separate contractors (collectively "Owner Caused Delays"). For proven Owner Caused Delays,the Contractor may recoup the actual costs resulting from such delays,but not for any additional profit or fee. Add the following subparagraph 8.3.1.1 WORK DURING COLD WEATHER: `. During cold weather it will not be required of the Contractor that he/she continue work on the project through cold weather. The Contractor shall protect all work from freezing,etc. Any work damaged by freezing and thawing will be removed and replaced by the Contractor responsible. No time extension will be allowed for shut down in cold weather,unless the Contractor can substantiate unusual prolonged extreme weather by weather bureau records. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.2.1. SCHEDULE OF VALUES Within 14 days after contract award, a Schedule of Values shall be submitted. The Schedule of Values shall be �• listed according to the specification sections herein within divisions with each major line item identified by the spec section number including mechanical, electrical, technology, food service and any/all major subcontractors. List sub-values of major products or operations under the item. Each item shall be further subdivided for material cost (including shipping and taxes) and labor cost listed separately. Within 10 days after submitting the Schedule of Values,the prime Contractor shall submit a schedule of payment sums,by month, for the duration of the project. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT L. Add the following paragraphs: 9.3.1.3 At least thirty (30) days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers. If the Contract Documents require the Owner to retain a portion of the payments until some future time,the Application for Payment shall clearly state the percentage and the amount to be retained. Once the Application is approved by the Architect, the Application for Payment must be submitted for approval to the CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA at the regularly scheduled council meeting. The application must be received at the City Clerk's office in a timely manner for it to be included in that meeting's scheduled business. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment on a timely received Application for Payment and has released it to the Owner,the Owner shall approve payment with Contractor to receive payment by the 15th day of the following month. 1. Until Substantial Completion,the Owner will pay ninety-five percent(95%)of the amount due the Contractor on account of Progress Payments,(5%)retainage. PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 6 I 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.3 Delete in its entirety. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.4: Delete the first two sentences of 9.6.4 so that it now reads as follows: 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor,except as may otherwise be required by law. Add a new Paragraph 9.6.9 which shall read as follows: Payment to the Contractor will be made by the Owner from cash on hand from such sources as may be legally available. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 9.8.1: , subject only to completion of minor punch list items, the absence of completion of which does not interfere with the Owner's intended used of the Project. Add subparagraph 9.8.5.1 as follows: 9.8.5.1 Request for Early Release of Retainage Funds: Upon achieving Substantial Completion, as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 26,the Contractor may formally request the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on the Project. The Contractors' request for Release of the Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn statement that ten (10) calendar days prior to filing the Request for Release of the Funds a notice was given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor is requesting the early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor,the Owner will release all retainage funds at the next monthly council meeting or within thirty(30)days, whichever is less,except it may retain the following: a) An amount equal to 200%of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the Project as determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes of section, "authorized contract representative"means the Architect of record on the Project,unless otherwise specified. b) An amount equal to 200% of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the time the Request of Release of Retainage is approved. If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of the receipt of the request. Add a new Paragraph 9.8.6 which shall read as follows: The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any Architect's additional services made necessary by the Contractor's failure to finally complete the Work within sixty (60) days after the date specified in the Contract Documents for Project Substantial Completion. Add subparagraph 9.8.6.1 as follows: Unless otherwise required by Iowa law, Final Payment shall be released no earlier than thirty-one (31) days after completion and final acceptance by the Owner of all Work required by the Contract. PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 7 1 s A.► 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT Add Subparagraph 9.10.6 to Paragraph 9.10: 9.10.6 Final payment will be made not earlier than 31 days following approval by the CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA Council at a regularly scheduled council meeting, receipt of all Lien Waiver and/or Chapter 573 Claim Releases, Sales Tax information, and all other required closeout documents, and subject to the conditions of and in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code Chapter 573 and Iowa Code Chapter 26. •— Add paragraph 9.10.7 9.10.7 The Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, shall be liable for and shall pay the Owner for any extra r... costs for engineering or architectural services, construction observation services and related expenses necessitated by the delayed prosecution of the work by the Contractor beyond the date of Final Completion required by the Agreement. Such costs are in no way a penalty, but represent additional expenses to the Owner caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the Work. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.2.1. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY& HEALTH ACT Nothing herein specified, or shown on the drawings to the contrary shall relieve the Contractor of any obligations concerning conformance to current requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act as pertains to this project. Please note under Section 10.2.8 that if either party suffers injury or damage to person or property due to the act or omission of the other party, the injured party must provide written notice of the damage to the other party within a reasonable time of the discovery(not to exceed 21 days after discovery). 10.3.1.1. HAZARDOUS WASTE OR TOXIC SUBSTANCES (1) Friable Asbestos No friable asbestos work of any nature is included in this contract. (2) Concealed Hazardous or Toxic Substances No hazardous or toxic substances knowingly exist on the project site. -- If during the construction of this project, work involving friable asbestos, or hazardous or toxic substances is suspected, or encountered, the Owner or the Owner's representative shall be notified immediately and the Owner with his own forces or by separate contract shall be solely responsible for selection and complete investigation, — removal and disposition of the friable asbestos hazard by appropriate licensed parties in full accordance with any and all applicable laws and regulations. The Architect and Contractor shall be indemnified and held harmless from all claims and costs incurred in defending claims based on hazardous waste or toxic substances discovered at the project site. The Architect is not responsible for any failure to discover any hazardous waste or toxic substances not specifically indicated in the contract documents. —. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,he shall make such claim immediately as provided elsewhere in the contract documents. PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 8 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 1 11.1.1.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Worker's Compensation for not less than the following limits,or greater, if required by law: .a State: Statutory .b Applicable Federal: Statutory .c Employer's Liability: $500,000 per Accident .d Injury by Disease: $500,000 per Employee $500,000 Aggregate 11.1.2.1 LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance and Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance to cover the operations of the Contractor, the operations of the Subcontractors (Contingent or Independent), product and completed operations,personal injury, and contractual liability to include coverage for the Hold Harmless and Indemnification Clause in Article 3.18. Certificates shall be submitted on AIA Document G705 or the ACORD 25 Certificate of Insurance Form. Policy shall include a statement of 30 days minimum advance notice of material change or cancellation of policy to the Owner. -'1 The Architect and Owner, along with their respective officers, agency and employees, shall be named as additional insured for Ongoing Operations and Products/Completed Operations on the Contractor, Subcontractor's and any Sub-Subcontractors Commercial General Liability Policy,which must be primary and noncontributory with respect to the additional insured. Minimum Policy Limits: .1 Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability(including Premises-Operation; Independent Contractor's Protection;Products and Completed Operations;Broad Form Property Damage): 1 .a Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate .b Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate .c Products and Completed Operations: $2,000,000 Aggregate .d Property Damage Liability shall provide X,C and U Coverage for Explosion,Collapse and Underground Hazard Exposures,respectively. .e Products and Completed Operations coverage shall be maintained for 3 years after final payment. .f Broad Form Property Damage coverage shall include Completed Operations. .g General Liability coverage shall contain a per project aggregate clause. .2 Contractual Liability: .a Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate .b Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 9 Wink taw.3 Personal Injury,with Employment Exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 Aggregate .4 Business or Commercial Automobile Liability(including owned,non-owned and hired vehicles): ... .a Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence .b Property Damage: �.. $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit .5 Umbrella Excess Policy: $3,000,000 over primary insurance The Contractor shall either(1) require each of his Subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, public liability and property damage coverage of the type and in the same amount as specified in the preceding paragraphs,or(2)insure the activities of his Subcontractors in his own policy. Insurance on equipment,tools,sheds,plant,etc.,shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 11.2.1.1 BUILDER'S RISK FOR AMOUNT OF CONTRACT "The Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Architect, the Contractor, the Subcontractors and sub-Subcontractors, all of whom shall be named as additional insured, and shall include the "Special" covered causes of loss, insurance for physical loss or damage." The Contractor and the Architect will be named and furnished a copy of the coverage at the beginning of the project. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1:Delete the words following"where the Project is located" in 13.1 so that it now reads as follows: Amend Paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa. Delete Subparagraph 13.5 and substitute the following Subparagraph: 13.5 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date the payment is due and shall bear interest at the rate established by Section 74A.2, Code of Iowa. —' Add the following paragraph to ARTICLE 13: 13.6 Conformance with Laws. 13.6.1 The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of the Federal Civil Rights Act,the Code of Iowa, Chapter 216 Civil Rights Commission and the rules and regulations adopted thereto by the Iowa Civil Rights 1 Commission. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, age, marital status, sexual orientation, physical or mental handicap. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local, laws,rules,regulations, ordinances,policies and procedures, including the CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA policies and procedures. The Contractor shall require similar clauses in all of its subcontracts for service or materials. PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 10 L ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 15.1.2 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS Strike 15.1.2 in its entirety and substitute the following: 15.1.2. COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD .� 15.1.2.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: 1. Before Substantial Completion.As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause --5 of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; 2. Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and { 3. After Final Certificate for Payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Section 3.5,the date of any 4 correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Section 12.2,or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. Delete Paragraph 15.1.7 in its entirety. 15.2.1.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The initial decision maker shall be the project architect or, in their absence, another employee of ISG, INC., designated at the beginning of the project. Delete Paragraph 15.2.6.1 in its entirety. Delete Paragraph 15.3.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: al 15.3.1. This Contractor further agrees to include a similar mediation provision in all agreements with independent Contractors,Subcontractors,suppliers and/or fabricators who are providing work for this Contractor for this project. I 1 PROJECT#19-23141 S.G.C. Page 11 1 { SECTION 011000- SUMMARY 011000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 7 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Access to site. 4. Coordination with occupants. 5. Work restrictions. 6. Specification and Drawing conventions. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Penthouse Chiller for the City of Waterloo,Iowa Project#19-23141 1. Project Location: 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center 200 West 4th Street Waterloo, IA 50703 B. Owner: City of Waterloo,Iowa 715 Mulberry St. Waterloo, IA 50703 _ 1. Owner's Representative: Ed Abben,Facilities Administrator City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry St. Waterloo, IA 50703 C. Architect: ISG, Inc. 314 East Fourth Street Waterloo,IA 50703 D. Architect's Consultants: Architect has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: 1. Mechanical and Electrical Engineer: ISG,Inc. 1300 Walnut Street, Ste. 101 Des Moines, IA 50309 SUMMARY 011000 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 2. Structural Engineer: ISG, Inc. .. 508 East Locust Street Des Moines, IA 50309 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. This project consists of removal of the existing chiller in the penthouse and replacing with two(2)new roof mounted chillers. Included in the project, is the replacement of the penthouse roof and the reinforcement of the structure to accommodate the new chillers as well as future chillers and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances �.- serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and -. hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.6 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building(s) during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. -' SUMMARY 011000 - 2 PROJECT#19-23 141 1 � 1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's operations. 1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions,General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Weekend Hours: Verify with Owner. 2. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Coordinate with Owner. "1 C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than five days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than fice days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking and/or E-Cigarettes (electronic) are not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes. F. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances within the existing building is not permitted. G. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. 1 1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: t SUMMARY 011000 - 3 1 PROJECT#19-23141 1 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon(:)is used within a sentence or phrase. 3. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawings. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 bow Wag law SUMMARY 011000 -4 Imo PROJECT#19-23141 SECTION 012100- ALLOWANCES 012100 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 7 B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Contingency allowances. a. General allowances. b. As-built record drawing allowance. r1 1.3 DEFINITIONS ."' A. Allowance is a quantity of work or dollar amount established in lieu of additional requirements, used to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. 1.4 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed by the Owner to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances in the form specified for Change Orders. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. I ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1 PROJECT#19-23490 B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.7 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation,taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner •- by Change Order. 1.8 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement ` of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses,tolerances, mixing wastes,normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other markups. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances. _ 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance ... described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of Work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower- priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. L. ALLOWANCES 012100 -2 PROJECT#19-23490 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .... A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and 7 installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE: 1. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE: Include a $25,000 allowance for general construction contract. 2. AS-BUILT RECORD DRAWINGS ALLOWANCE: Include a $3,000 allowance for the Architect to transfer mark-ups from the "as-built" marked-up drawings to an electronic PDF for the owner. END OF SECTION 012100 n 1 1 I ALLOWANCES 012100 - 3 PROJECT#19-23490 SECTION 012500- SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. { 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples,where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data,where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and r. addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed L- substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. 1. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within ►- 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation,whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved how substitutions. L.. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2 PROJECT#19-23141 , 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received '1 within 60 days after the Notice of Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: • a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 7 b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 1 i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. J. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is 1 compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500-4 PROJECT#19-23141 SECTION 012600- CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 7 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710. —' 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed 7 changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary,the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 10 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 1 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 r. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. L 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 012100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for L. preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit-price work. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request,Architect will issue a Change Order 4i for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the -- Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 PROJECT#19-23141 1 1 SECTION 012900-PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. .., 1. Coordinate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. '•1 b. Submittal Schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 1 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. 1 e. Date of submittal. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders(numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract sum to nearest one- hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. L, 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project •— Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts, in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. Mechanical and Electrical contracts shall be broken down by specification section, labor and material. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored,but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified, include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing. — 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 2 PROJECT#19-23141 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. ..i B. RETAINAGE: Contractor shall show a retainage of 5%of completed work amount to be withheld from each application for payment. Upon substantial completion of the entire work, a sum sufficient to decrease the total retainage to 5%of the contract sum,plus such other retainages as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete work and unsettled claims may be authorized. After Substantial Completion,the Architect may authorize payment beyond the 5%retainage amount if the Contractor is making satisfactory progress toward a timely completion of the project. However,the Architect will, at no time, authorize payment beyond 2 times the value of the work to be completed until the Architect authorizes the final Request for Payment. hr C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. Payments generally will be made by the 15th day of each month. Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect by the last day of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month. D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, .y whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of signed Change Orders issued before last day of construction period covered by application. F. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 3 '�! PROJECT#19-23141 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application 'r- for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. G. Transmittal: Submit one (1) signed and notarized original copy and three (3) copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate _ information about application. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittals Schedule(preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. hie 12. Performance and payment bonds. 13. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. �,• 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited,to the following: 1. Recommendation of final acceptance by the Architect. 2. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 4 PROJECT#19-23141 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 6. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 7. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. All written guarantees and warranties required by these specifications are on file s and operator's manuals, properly bound and indexed, are on drawings, schedulesp 10. All shop g , file. I 11. Executed final acceptance by the Owner. 12. As-built marked up set of construction drawings. PART 2 -PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 012900 144 1 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 1 SECTION 013100-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 011 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. as 1.2 SUMMARY milt A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project i including, but not limited to,the following: mg, 1. General coordination procedures. 1 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. .. 4. Project meetings. 4 B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility A are assigned to a specific contractor. I 1.3 DEFINITIONS '1 A. BIM: Building Information Modeling. A B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking j information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 7 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each 41 portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a I special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. ii B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. I PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 1 PROJECT#19-23141 I 4 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and in prominent location in built facility. Keep list current at all times. 2. Construction Superintendent: The General Contractor shall assign a Superintendent to the job. It will be the Superintendent's duty to observe that specifications are followed and that the Architect is notified if deviations occur. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES OMR A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate .r construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before ,— or after its own installation. �,. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. _._ 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. IMef B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. a, Each contractor shall coordinate its own operations with operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 4 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service,and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. arc D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and scheduled activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. sm, I 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. i PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 -2 PROJECT#19-23141 Mali Oft 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. j 6. Preinstallation conferences. 1 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. . I, '11 A. REQUEST FOR INFORMATION(RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the "I'r form specified. 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. ' 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. lesit B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: disk 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number,numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. r 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 1 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716 or Software-generated form with substantially the same € content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 'l 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. 4` D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. "l Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. ass 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3 1 PROJECT#19-23141 a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. AMR g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional v• information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Nu, Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. .� Submit log monthly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and es Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. �+ F. On receipt of Architect's action,update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. ti,r. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is -- required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 5 working days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions • and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, Now including Owner and Architect,within three days of the meeting. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-4 PROJECT#19-23141 1 a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. 1°t b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. "i0t 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. ait 14) Status of Proposal Requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. i 1 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 -PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) all END OF SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 1 E. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.7 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice of Award. 1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. /41 B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. " PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) ,.t END OF SECTION 013200 � 1 1 I CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 SECTION 013300- SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES-PAPER/ELECTRONIC 013300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 1.2 SUMMARY `17 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. "m" 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 611 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled related construction activities. performance of C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in 1 advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. -'t SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1 PROJECT#19 23141 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time ....- if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor ^ when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. E. Deviations: Highlight or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract — Documents on submittals. -- F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of ..- copies to Architect. 2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken and will be returned. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, �.. without review, received from sources other than Contractor or those without Contractor review. WEI 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. �- b. Date. c. Destination(To:). d. Source(From:). e. Names of subcontractor,manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. i L SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 PROJECT#19-23141 g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. { i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Transmittal number,numbered consecutively. k. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 1. Remarks. m. Signature of transmitter. H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. I 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of alt revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are approved. "* I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating approved by Architect. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. OAS 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. oak 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. — b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Operational range diagrams. g. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. h. Compliance with specified referenced standards. i. Testing by recognized testing agency. j. Application of testing agency labels and seals. 1 k. Notation of coordination requirements. t 4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. t SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 IPROJECT#19-23141 5. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. d. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. e. Design calculations. tr� f. Compliance with specified standards. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. i. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. j. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. ,.. 3. Number of Copies: Submit five opaque (bond) copies of each submittal, architect will return all but one copy, or submit(in pdf form) electronic copy via email to the Architect. Architect will return stamped pdf to contractor via email. 4. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings as called for in these specifications. All shop drawings shall have the date marked on them when the Contractor receives them from the supplier. Shop drawings shall be submitted through the Contractor and shall not come direct from the supplier to the Architect. Shop drawings that are not dated and signed as approved by the Contractor will not be accepted or reviewed and will be marked "resubmit" and sent back to the Contractor. Shop drawings for the mechanical and electrical work shall be sent to the Consultant if other than the Architect. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between .. submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Submit to Architect within six weeks of Contract Signature. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 PROJECT#19-23141 r l 3. Quantity and Size: All samples shall be submitted in duplicate except as noted and shall show the expected range of color and texture or variation in the material. Sizes of the "7 samples shall be according to the following schedule unless otherwise specified. Submit I samples as soon as possible for coordination of color selections. I a. Finish materials (Ceramic tile pattern): Two samples minimum, 12" square and mounted or installed on suitable hardboard or surface compatible to the surface on which the material is to be applied. Samples shall indicate complete application as allt specified including color selected. I b. Other materials: Shall be a suitable length or size, which will show the representative arrangement, finish, or material, which will be required for the 44 project. In the case of small items, individual items of the size specified will be acceptable. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- Icontrol comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. '"' a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. __ 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors,textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, 'al pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: ..* 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. 3. Location within room or space. 4. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. "4.. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. F. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form: i 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. ..:t/ 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5 1 PROJECT#19-23141 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS IMML A. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. B. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. C. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. E. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. F. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.G. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.H. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers'names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6 PROJECT#19-23141 abet J. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during "Z installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. K. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." 404 L. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. dr M. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. N. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: I. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not,what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. O. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. 1 P. Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner. 40* 1. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for resubmittal. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 Q. Finish Schedule: Each contractor shall submit to the Architect brand names,types, and samples of all finish materials for the project. Upon approval, the Architect will prepare a schedule of color selections for all finishes throughout the building. The General Contractor may obtain up to 15 copies of this schedule from the Architect so that he may distribute these to his/her material suppliers and subcontractors. The Mechanical and Electrical contractors shall each be provided two copies. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for NEW compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. �- 1. Contractor's name. 2. Date Contractor received drawings from supplier. 3. Any changes or notations in green pencil. 4. A statement that the Contractor has reviewed the drawings and finds them to be correct except as noted. 5 Signature of person making Contractor review. 6. Any deviations from drawings and specifications noted, underlined or circled in green. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S/ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required in red, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action .• stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 PROJECT#19-23141 I I D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS ,,,, A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address,telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. osit 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information 164- documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. oat 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with 1 requirements and, if not,what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions,products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. ii`t C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 111 PROJECT#19-23141 r., 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for Imam specialists. G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. 1.8 QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 PROJECT#19-23141 --T B. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. C. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and j inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. oat D. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and .r4 replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) l PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. '"r 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. I. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. I QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. 3.3 REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECT A. The Contractor shall note throughout the plans and specifications where "required observations" are called for. The following items are a guide only, and do not necessarily -- indicate all site visits required. See Supplementary General Conditions. Before any ceiling Before any roofing Before any painting Substantial completion review Final review One-year warranty review END OF SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 PROJECT#19-23141 --T lk SECTION 014200— REFERENCES 014200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified"have the same meaning as "indicated." 0.4 E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure,protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 4.1 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. 1 REFERENCES 014200 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with , industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. ban 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC -Associated Air Balance Council;www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA-American Architectural Manufacturers Association;www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO-Association of American Plant Food Control Officials;www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.tran sportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists;www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA-American Bearing Manufacturers Association;www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA-American Boiler Manufacturers Association;www.abma.com. 8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International);www.abma.com. ... 9. ACPA- American Concrete Pipe Association;www.concrete-pipe.org. 10. AEIC -Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The);www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA - American Forest&Paper Association;www.afandpa.org. 6„„ 12. AGA -American Gas Association;www.aga.org. 13. AHAM-Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers;www.aham.org. 14. AHRI-Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute(The);www.ahrinet.org. 15. AI - Asphalt Institute;www.asphaltinstitute.org. 16. AIA-American Institute of Architects(The);www.aia.org. 17. AISC -American Institute of Steel Construction;www.aisc.org. 18. AISI -American Iron and Steel Institute;www.steel.org. 19. AITC -American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA-Air Movement and Control Association International,Inc.; www.amca.org. 21. ANSI -American National Standards Institute;www.ansi.org. -► 22. AOSA-Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.;www.aosaseed.com. 23. APA- APA- The Engineered Wood Association;www.apawood.org. 24. APA-Architectural Precast Association;www.archprecast.org. ►.. 25. API - American Petroleum Institute;www.api.org. 26. ARI - Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 28. ARMA-Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association;www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASCE- American Society of Civil Engineers;www.asce.org. 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. REFERENCES 014200 - 2 PROJECT#19-23141 -- 33. ASSE-American Society of Safety Engineers (The);www.asse.org. 34. ASSE-American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 35. ASTM-ASTM International;www.astm.org. 36. ATIS -Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions;www.atis.org. 37. AWEA-American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 38. AWI-Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 40. AWPA-American Wood Protection Association;www.awpa.com. 41. AWS -American Welding Society;www.aws.org. 42. AWWA-American Water Works Association;www.awwa.org. 43. BHMA-Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 44. BIA-Brick Industry Association(The);www.gobrick.com. 45. BICSI-BICSI,Inc.;www.bicsi.org. 46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association);www.bifma.org. 47. BISSC -Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee;www.bissc.org. 48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org. 49. CDA- Copper Development Association;www.copper.org. 50. CEA- Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 51. CEA- Consumer Electronics Association;www.ce.org. 52. CFFA- Chemical Fabrics and Film Association,Inc.;www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 53. CFSEI-Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute;www.cfsei.org. 54. CGA- Compressed Gas Association;www.cganet.com. 55. CIMA- Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association;www.cellulose.org. 56. CISCA-Ceilings &Interior Systems Construction Association;www.cisca.org. 57. CISPI-Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute;www.cispi.org. 58. CLFMI-Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute;www.chainlinkinfo.org. 59. CPA- Composite Panel Association;www.pbmdf.com. 60. CRI- Carpet and Rug Institute(The); www.carpet-rug.org. 61. CRRC- Cool Roof Rating Council;www.coolroofs.org. 62. CRSI- Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute;www.crsi.org. 63. CSA- Canadian Standards Association;www.csa.ca. 64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa- international.org. 65. CSI-Construction Specifications Institute(The); www.csinet.org. 66. CSSB - Cedar Shake& Shingle Bureau;www.cedarbureau.org. 67. CTI- Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 69. DASMA-Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association;www.dasma.com. 70. DHI-Door and Hardware Institute;www.dhi.org. 71. ECA- Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). 72. ECAMA-Electronic Components Assemblies&Materials Association; (See ECIA). 73. ECIA-Electronic Components Industry Association;www.eciaonline.org. 74. EIA-Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 75. EIMA- EIFS Industry Members Association;www.eima.com. 76. EJMA-Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association,Inc.;www.ejma.org. 77. ESD -ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org. 78. ESTA- Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 79. EVO -Efficiency Valuation Organization;www.evo-world.org. REFERENCES 014200 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 123. MCA-Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 124. MFMA-Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association,Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 125. MFMA-Metal Framing Manufacturers Association,Inc.;www.metalframingmfg.org. 126. MHIA-Material Handling Industry of America;www.mhia.org. 127. MIA-Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 128. MMPA-Moulding&Millwork Producers Association;www.wmmpa.com. 129. MPI-Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 130. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org. 131. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 132. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International);www.nace.org. 133. NADCA-National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 134. NAIMA-North American Insulation Manufacturers Association;www.naima.org. 135. NBGQA-National Building Granite Quarries Association,Inc.;www.nbgqa.com. 136. NBI-New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 137. NCAA-National Collegiate Athletic Association(The);www.ncaa.org. 138. NCMA-National Concrete Masonry Association;www.ncma.org. 139. NEBB -National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 140. NECA-National Electrical Contractors Association;www.necanet.org. 141. NeLMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association;www.nelma.org. 142. NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association;www.nema.org. 143. NETA-InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. -- 144. NFHS-National Federation of State High School Associations;www.nfhs.org. 145. NFPA-National Fire Protection Association;www.nfpa.org. 146. NFPA-NFPA International; (See NFPA). 147. NFRC-National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 148. NI-ILA-National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 149. NLGA-National Lumber Grades Authority;www.nlga.org. 150. NOFMA-National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 151. NOMMA-National Ornamental&Miscellaneous Metals Association;www.nomma.org. 152. NRCA-National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 153. NRMCA-National Ready Mixed Concrete Association;www.nrmca.org. 154. NSF-NSF International;www.nsf.org. 155. NSPE-National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 156. NSSGA-National Stone, Sand&Gravel Association;www.nssga.org. 157. NTMA-National Terrazzo&Mosaic Association,Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 158. NWFA-National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 159. PCI-Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 160. PDI-Plumbing&Drainage Institute;www.pdionline.org. 161. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org. 162. RCSC- Research Council on Structural Connections;www.boltcouncil.org. 163. RFCI-Resilient Floor Covering Institute;www.rfci.com. 164. RIS -Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 165. SAE- SAE International;www.sae.org. 166. SCTE- Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers;www.scte.org. 167. SDI- Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 168. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 169. SEFA- Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association(The); www.sefalabs.com. REFERENCES 014200 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE-Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC -Consumer Product Safety Commission;www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD-Department of Defense;www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE-Depaitinent of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA-Environmental Protection Agency;www.epa.gov. 7. FAA-Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG-Federal Government Publications;www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA- General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD -Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division;www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA-Occupational Safety&Health Administration;www.osha.gov. "® 13. SD-Department of State;www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies;www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory;www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA-Department of Agriculture;Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ- Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs;National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP-U.S.Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS -United States Postal Service;www.usps.com. D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services;www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC -Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD-Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb. 6. MILSPEC-Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB -United States Access Board;www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). REFERENCES 014200 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 SECTION 015000- TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to,Architect, occupants of Project,testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA,NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction,provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary,to make connections for temporary services. B. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. 1. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. r- TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 -3 PROJECT#19-23141 H. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. 1. At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f. Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors'field and home offices. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. B. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. D. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. 4. Install Architect's sign as provided by Architect. Attach to project fence or at other location as designated by Architect. At end of project, remove and store for Architect to collect. E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution." F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 { E. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday. G. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. H. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. I. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. J. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations,—combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 SECTION 016000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. 1 B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 r- PROJECT#19-23141 C 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. r B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that r-° are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking,protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. r— C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on r— product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 6 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with - requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ..." 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: ..." 5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: ..." 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer,which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: " 7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION FORM EMAIL TO PROJECT ARCHITECT: dan.channer@ISGInc.com ISG,INC. 314 E. 4TH STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 TEL: (319)234-1515 PROJECT#19-23141: CITY OF WATERLOO 5 SULLIVAN CONVENTION CENTER PENTHOUSE CHILLER We hereby submit for your consideration the following product as substitute for specified item for the above project: SECTION PAGE PARAGRAPH/LINE SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Attach complete product description, drawings,photographs, performance and test data, warranty, information and other information necessary for evaluation. Identify specific model numbers, finishes,options,etc. A. Will changes be required to building design or drawing dimensions in order to properly install proposed substitution? Yes_No= If yes,explain. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,including engineering and drawings costs,caused by requested substitution? Yes No . C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item. D. What affect does substitution have on other trades? E. Does manufacturer's warranty of the proposed substitution differ from that specified? Yes No . If yes,explain Submitted by: For architect's use only: Signature g Accepted Accepted As Noted Not accepted Received too Late Firm — — By: Address Date: Date: Remarks: TELEPHONE: FAX: EMAIL: SECTION 017300- EXECUTION 017300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Installation of the Work. 2. Cutting and patching. 3. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting. 6. Protection of installed construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Prior to commencing work requiring cutting and patching, review extent of cutting and patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result from cutting and patching work. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations. c. Trade supervisor(s)responsible for patching of each type of substrate. d. Mechanical, electrical, and utilities subcontractors' supervisors, to the extent each trade is affecting by cutting and patching operations. 2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. EXECUTION 017300 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following: a. Water,moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain-wall construction. d. Sprayed fire-resistive material. e. Equipment supports. f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. g. Noise-and vibration-control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that,when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities,mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. EXECUTION 017300- 3 PROJECT#19-23141 r- 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in fmished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. t " C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. r G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other Ortions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size * and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with c_ integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged,defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 1 CE '. EXECUTION 017300 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 4. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils,putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work.Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly.Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. EXECUTION 017300 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 I I l E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." r4 1 . 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION 1. A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1 B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. i C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 r t la- r . r. r i t i 1 I EXECUTION 017300 - 9 f PROJECT#19-23141 SECTION 017700- CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. k 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1 A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. 1.5 MAIN PENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in I � , other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 s . i 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES i Y A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a fmal Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. All trailers, access roads, construction signs, unused, broken or demolition materials have been removed from the site and the premises returned to the original condition in the opinion of the Architect. 5. Lien waiver or Final Release of Claim Form from General Contractor. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. If additional visits are required because the work has not been completed satisfactorily, the Architect (also the Engineer for Mechanical and Electrical Contracts), will bill the Owner for these visits, and this cost will be deducted from the Contractor's final payment. } The cost of these visits will be figured at our current hourly rate from the Architect's office to the site and back again, plus mileage for that travel at the current allowed IRS rate per mile. An equal allowance will be allowed for the Engineer from their office. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment,and building systems. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 1 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS r- A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. I ; 1 B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for fmal cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and { maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, r including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other r . foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from r Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural t weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts,trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 5 t PROJECT#19-23141 ,' 1 SECTION 017823-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Systems and equipment operation manuals. 3. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 4. Product maintenance manuals. r- It 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. r' B. Subsystem:A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. fl 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: tl 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. AND v7 2. Submit two paper copies. Architect will return two copies. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 � I. r 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. is 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION,AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system.Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: l 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 ram. D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. ® 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification. 1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures,wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and r— maintenance of equipment or systems. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color,pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. r— G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claim;. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 017823 fl F r- f OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 r— SECTION 017839-PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 1 f PART 1 - GENERAL r- 1.1 RELA 1'ED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. r If 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s)of marked-up record prints. r— B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda 1 and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS (77 A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide 4 information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839- 1 PROJECT#19-23141 r- 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders,record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as paper copy. 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. r_ 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. C. Format: Submit record Product Data as paper copy. (- 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title,electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. r-- 1.7 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 1 PART 3-EXECUTION END OF SECTION 017839 r PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 r- r— f . r- SECTION 017900-DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 PART 1 - GENERAL i 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. r-- 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For instructor. B. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. C. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. t- 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. rm- C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved, operation, and maintenance manuals. F F DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900- 1 PROJECT#19-23141 1 t i ` 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. l b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. C. e. Control sequences. f. Control procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. s h. Normal shutdown instructions. 4 I i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 1. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. r E ' S. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: t a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: -- a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning. [ . e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. i . 8. Repairs:Include the following: yrn a. Diagnosis instructions. I b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 1 1.7 PREPARATION it— A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." r" B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900- 3 PROJECT#19-23141 r 051200-STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 1 PART 1 - GENERAL t 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Structural steel. 2. Grout. 1.3 DEFINITIONS s - A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." { 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS r- t A. Connections: Provide details of connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, to withstand loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC 360. 2. Use ASD; data are given at service-load level. B. Moment Connections: Type PR,partially restrained. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices,camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 f 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING r- A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 2. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and re-lubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992. B. Channels,Angles, M and/or S-Shapes: ASTM A 36. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36. D. Corrosion-Resisting Structural-Steel Shapes,Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 588, Grade 50. E. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. F. Corrosion-Resisting Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 847, structural tubing. g G. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Weight Class: Standard. 2. Finish: Black, except where indicated to be galvanized. H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 1 F t STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200- 3 PROJECT#19-23141 r- 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.l for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and 1 standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts,welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. r- Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. D. Painting: Prepare steel and apply a 1-coat, non-asphaltic primer complying with SSPC- PS Guide 7.00, "Painting System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One-Coat Shop Painting Systems,"to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. t" STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner shall engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds and high-strength bolted connections. 3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool cleaning. r_a C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. END OF SECTION 051200 r r r- ea- STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 061000-ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Wood furring. 4. Plywood backing panels. 5. Connectors and supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in r" least dimension. C. Lumber grading agencies,and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service. 2. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 3. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. r- 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire-retardant treatments specified to be High-Temperature (HT) type, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 1 r— PROJECT#19-23141 i 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for [ moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S,unless otherwise indicated. t B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent unless otherwise indicated. C. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that r- show compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1. Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER i A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C20,except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron(SBX). tr- 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use ' material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of 1 each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings,and the following: 1. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 2. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 3. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 3 r - PROJECT#19-23141 B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 2. Hem-fir; WCLIB, or WWPA. 3. Spruce-pine-fir(south);NeLMA,WCLIB,or WWPA. 4. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA. C. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. D. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.5 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch nominal thickness. 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153. I / B. Nails,Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. OR 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594,Alloy Group 1 or 2. ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 r- I. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. J. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: fl 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 3. Table 23-II-B-1, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in ICBO's Uniform Building Code. 4. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two- Family Dwellings. K. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. tttt- 3.2 BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. r— B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. END OF SECTION 061000 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 070150-PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 070150 t PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof tear-off. 2. Temporary roofing membrane. 3. Roof re-cover preparation. 4. Removal of base flashings. 5. Protection of existing roofing system that is not reroofed. B. Allowances: Refer to Division 01 Section "Allowances" for description of Work in this Section affected by allowances. C. Unit Prices: Refer to Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for description of Work in this Section affected by unit prices. 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP t- A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to i t remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. r- 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. B. Existing Membrane Roofing System: Built-up asphalt roofing membrane, surfacing, and components and accessories between deck and roofing membrane. C. Substrate Board: Rigid board or panel products placed over the roof deck that serve as thermal barriers, provide a smooth substrate, or serve as a component of a fire-resistance-rated roofing system. D. Roof Re-Cover Preparation: Existing roofing membrane that is to remain and be prepared for reuse. E. Roof Tear-Off: Removal of existing membrane roofing system from deck. PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 070150 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 5. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 6. Review existing deck removal procedures and Owner notifications. 7. Review procedures to determine condition and acceptance of existing deck for reuse. 8. Review structural loading limitations of deck during reroofing. 9. Review base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect reroofing. 10. Review HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. 11. Review shutdown of fire-suppression,-protection, and-alarm and-detection systems. 12. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 13. Review existing conditions that may require notification of Architect before proceeding. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide Owner with not less than 48 hours' notice r-- of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 1. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner can place protective dust or water leakage covers over sensitive equipment or furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below the work area if desired. 2. Before working over structurally impaired areas of deck, notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below the affected area. Verify that occupants below the work area have been evacuated prior to proceeding with work over the impaired deck area. B. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofmg operations. C. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors,and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. D. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be reroofed. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. E. Limit construction loads on roof. Coordinate with structural engineer for rooftop equipment wheel loads and 30psf for uniformly distributed loads. a F. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering into existing roofing system or building. G. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials such as asbestos-containing materials will be encountered in the Work. i 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. Existing roof will be left no less watertight than before removal. 2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; f immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 070150 -3 PROJECT#19-23141 1 f { PART 3-EXECUTION r g 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect existing membrane roofing system that is indicated not to be reroofed. I 1. Loosely lay 1-inch- minimum thick, molded expanded polystyrene (MEPS) insulation over the roofing membrane in areas indicated. Loosely lay 15/32-inch plywood or OSB panels over MEPS. Extend MEPS past edges of plywood or OSB panels a minimum of 1 inch. 2. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing membrane that have been r— protected. . 3. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. B. Coordinate with Owner to shut down air intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. Cover air intake louvers before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork. C. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid r. installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain. D. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday, when t no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. 1. If roof drains will be temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new membrane roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing membrane roofing system components that are to remain. E. Verify that rooftop utilities and service piping have been shut off before commencing Work. 3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF A. General: Notify Owner each week of extent of roof tear-off proposed for the week and obtain authorization to proceed. B. Remove aggregate ballast from roofing membrane. C. Remove loose aggregate from aggregate-surfaced built-up bituminous roofing with a power broom. D. Remove protection mat and extruded-polystyrene insulation from protected membrane roofing. 1. Discard extruded-polystyrene insulation that is wet and exceeds 8 lb/cu. ft.. 2. Store extruded-polystyrene insulation for reuse and protect from physical damage. PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 070150 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 B. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain. Replace metal counterflashings damaged during removal with counterflashings of same metal, weight or thickness, and finish. E specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." C. Inspect parapet sheathing for deterioration and damage. If parapet sheathing has deteriorated, - immediately notify Architect. 3.6 RECOVER BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install recover boards over roof insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines and end joints staggered between rows. Loosely butt recover boards together and fasten to deck. f rm 1. Tape joints of recover boards if required by membrane roofing system manufacturer. 2. Fasten to resist wind-uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof specified in Division 07 Section. 1 3. Install additional fasteners near board corners and edges as necessary to conform boards to substrate and to adjacent boards. 1 E 3.7 DISPOSAL A. Collect and place demolished materials in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. rrn 1. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site will not be permitted. B. Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 070150 r- t r r F PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 070150 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 075423 -THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN(TPO)ROOFING 075423 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. t— f 1.2 SUMMARY - A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered TPO membrane roofing system. fi ,— 2. Vapor retarder. 3. Roof insulation. B. Section includes the installation of acoustical roof deck rib insulation strips furnished under Division 05 Section "Steel Decking." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. TPO: Thermoplastic polyolefin. B. Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual"for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed membrane roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Membrane ` roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by membrane roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Energy Performance: Provide roofing system with initial Solar Reflectance Index not less than 78 when calculated according to ASTM E 1980, based on testing identical products by a qualified testing agency. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN(TPO)ROOFING 075423 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 I i 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING r A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled 1 with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. r- I j B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, thy, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. I 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. f 1 ` C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent - deflection of deck. i 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS C I A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions fand warranty requirements. 1.11 WARRANTY t A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard or customized form, without monetary limitation, in r which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, roof insulation, fasteners, rcover boards, substrate board, roofing accessories, and other components of membrane roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this , signed Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of membrane roofingby system such as membrane roofing, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, roof pavers, and walkway products, for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN(TPO)ROOFING 075423 -3 f- PROJECT#19-23141 i r- D. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, of thickness required for application. E. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick;with anchors. F. Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard, aluminum-zinc-alloy-coated or zinc-coated steel sheet, approximately 1 inch wide by 0.05 inch thick, prepunched. G. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion- resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. H. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories. r-- f 2.3 SUB STRA 1E BOARDS A. Substrate Board: ASTM C 1177, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, Type X, 5/8 inch thick. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Georgia-Pacific Corporation; Dens Deck. B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion- resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to roof deck. 2.4 VAPOR RETARDER A. Laminated Sheet: Kraft paper, two layers, laminated with asphalt and edge reinforced with woven fiberglass yarn with maximum permeance rating of 0.50 perm and with manufacturer's standard adhesive. 2.5 ROOF INSULATION A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by TPO membrane roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN(TPO)ROOFING 075423 - 5 ,� PROJECT#19-23141 { 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris,moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. t ' 3.3 SUBSTRATE BOARD IF A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 1. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof according to membrane roofing system manufacturers' written instructions. r 3.4 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Laminate Sheet: Install laminate-sheet vapor retarder in a single layer over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 2 inches and 6 inches, respectively. Bond vapor retarder to substrate as follows: 1. Apply adhesive at rate recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer. Seal laps with adhesive. B. Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into membrane roofing system. 3.5 INSULATION INSTALLATION im A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with membrane roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. 1. Where installing composite and noncomposite insulation in two or more layers, install noncomposite board insulation for bottom layer and intermediate layers, if applicable, and install composite board insulation for top layer. tE. THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN(TPO)ROOFING 075423 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of membrane roofing at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing membrane roofing. Do not apply to splice area of membrane roofing. E. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten membrane roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. { F. Apply membrane roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap membrane roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of membrane roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of sheet membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids,and lapped seams in roofing that does not comply with requirements. H. Spread sealant bed over deck drain flange at roof drains and securely seal membrane roofing in place with clamping ring. 3.7 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing. D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion. B. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN(TPO)ROOFING 075423 - 9 PROJECT#19-23141 076200- SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELA IED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sheet metal flashing and trim: 1. Formed roof drainage system. 2. Formed low-slope roof flashing and trim. 3. Formed steep-slope roof flashing and trim. 4. Formed wall flashing and trim. 5. Formed equipment support flashing. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Fabricate and install roof edge flashing and copings capable of resisting the following forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49: 1. Wind Zone 1: For velocity pressures of 21 to 30 lbf/sq. ft.: 60-lbf/sq. ft. perimeter uplift force, 90-lbf/sq. ft. corner uplift force, and 30-lbf/sq. ft. outward force. C. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F,material surfaces. D. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to building interior. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 r-- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS E . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product-selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.c 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. I` 2.2 SHEET METALS r A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, Temper H00 or H01, cold-rolled copper sheet. B. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40; structural quality with manufacturer's standard clear acrylic coating both sides. i C. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755. 7 1. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating: a. High-Performance Organic Finish: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed J metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1) Fluoropolymer 2-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent 4�� polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with physical properties and coating performance requirements of AAMA 2605, except as modified j below: r E a) Humidity Resistance: 1000 hours. b) Salt-Spray Resistance: 1000 hours. 2) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper-bearing lead sheet. { SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 2.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements,but not less than that specified for each application and metal. C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. rt— D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. 1. Thickness: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.7 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 10-foot- long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch-wide joint cover plates. 1. Joint Style: Butt, with 6-inch-wide exposed cover plates. 2. Fabricate with scuppers spaced as indicated on the drawings, of dimensions required with 4-inch- wide flanges and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper. 3. Fabricate scuppers from the following material: a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. B. Copings and Roof Control Expansion Joint Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 10-foot- long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and oversized hole for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight. 1. Joint Style: Butt, with 6-inch-wide exposed cover plates. 2. Fabricate copings from the following material: a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. r- SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 5 PROJECT#19-23141 tI, 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. l.. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. 1. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. r C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning. buckling, and tool marks. ID. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder,welds, and elastomeric sealant. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 1 1. Cleats to be continuous. Verify anchor spacing as required for SMACNA. Bend tabs over }I fasteners. F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space I, movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges,not less than 1 t inch deep,filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/2 inches for nails I and not less than 1 inch for wood screws. 1. Galvanized or Prepainted,Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners. H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. 1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section 1 "Joint Sealants." SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 7 PROJECT#19-23141 F • r 3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION «i A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture 1,. according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. 3.6 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofingand equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric or butyl sealant to equipment support member. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. rr' B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants., C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim i' are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused ` fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 076200 .a. r L_ I di f— stt.. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 9 PROJECT#19-23141 jI t 079200-JOINT SEALANTS 079200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b. Joints between metal panels. c. Joints between different materials listed above. d. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of louvers. e. Other joints as indicated. 2. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Joints between different materials listed above. c. Other joints as indicated. 3. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior side of openings. c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry, concrete, walls and partitions. d. Other joints as indicated. 4. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Other joints as indicated. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. JOINT SEALANTS PROJECT#19-23141 079200 1 I17I£Z-6T#ID fO2Id S -00Z6L0 S.LNV'IVgS INIOf •ajquoijddt:aiagm adul antsagpu JIas ap!no.id •a.ml?uJ micas u?ljnsai mom uo?sagpu Bons a.zagm lu?oflo pug saouJIns n?of ao sjuiialuuz iajjg-luiof ajgixajju? `p?2i.z 2uliagpe wag mjuas 5upuanaJd .tol .zaznoujnuuui Tuujuas Aq papuautuzooai adt:} opsujd aaglo Jo aft. auapctpaAjod :ade1, JaNua.ig-puog •D :aoueuuodiad Iuujuas tunumdo 2u?onpo_id o� ainq?.nuoo asImJagio pus gpdap luujuas jointoo ki?suap puu azis jo puu `(upjs aoujins u �- !pm jupaTuuz po.i-.ia)jougllas Ijao-pasoIo) j adi(1, `0££j 3 IALLSV :s2ui)joug luujuaS IuoIipu?IAD •g •2ugsaa.Azomoquj puu aouaiiadxa Nag uo pasuq.zampujnuuuz luujuas Aq paTeo?puz suo!JeoiIdde ioj panoaddu a.zu pie `s.zajjg wiof.tango put; `siauzud `swujuas `salunsgns iuiof qi m amudutoo are `5uiuiulsuou aiu adki puu Iuualutu jo s2upjouq nuujuas ap?noid :Iuaaua° •V ONI?I3Vg INV'IVaS-INIOf L'Z luuluaS IuoPsnooV mooxiaaHS `•'o3 uznsdAO sams pad?ufl q •tuujuaS uogulnsul pue IuollsnooV 2I.Ld OZ-3V`•uo9u.iodto3 u1ooad •u :sionpoid 'Z '06 a IALLSV o;2u?pi000u sagquzassu angunuasa.zdaJ 2ui.sai. Aq pamusuouzap su uor on usuoo 2uiplpnq ut s u?uado puu snip!' lalauntad g no q uo?ssiwsuu.n punos auiogare saonpai AlangoaJa 3onpo.id •j :2urmolloj age puu b£8 3 misy ifnM 2u?Ajduzoo wuruas xam 2uiu?ulsuou`op:puit:d `2usuou piupums s,.iaJnloujnuupv :sou?of pajuaouo3 pine pasodxg .tot luujuaS ruopsnoov •V SINV'IVaS INIOf'IV3ILSI1O3V 9'Z 'i7£8 xalluzau `ootuau '£ •oujouoS `.•ouJ xaxtuag3lo UoisTATQ`uuogauuoS 'Z •+OZ-3V`•uo?3u.zodao3 uaooad 'I :slonpoid •g 'AN apuaO `d adiCI `17£8 D I/USV ?m Siduto3 :luujuaS xalug •d SINVIVaS INIOf X LLV'I S'Z luujuaS 'king ootuaal, `oomail, •2 -lamas asod.ind-mnIAT uiogauuoS `•ouJ xa2 wag3lo uo?sinTQ`uiogauuog 3 I0£-ISd`•'ouJ slums/Cs ot.zauzAIod •a '8SI-Da `•uoguiodzo3 utooad •p '88Z0-3S `AuudtuoD g H`zajjnd •o '96ZO-3S Auuduzo3 •g g`aajjnd •q '00£3I?2sog`•Aaipu?d}I?lsog :soonpoJd 'I •S80I 3 IALLSV g}im Ajduto3 :wujuas luiof ast:aIag-nuanlog pasug-1aggng-l(ng .y SINVIVaS INIOf aSVg'Ig2I-IN3A'IOS t7'Z iUi£Z-61#IO3fO2Id L - 00Z6LO SINV'IVHS INIOf •saoulans juaoufpu ao s3UEJEas aoioosip Toll op 1.up pun aaanfoulnuuuz juuieas 21iTt.iM ui panoaddu are Tutu swage 2ugooj asn sjuiof of Two-give saaulans uzogl fuuluas ssaaxa anouzag • •jutoIJo sapis pm juuivas jo uotsogpu pun joujuoo ainsua of pun `sjalood are amuiwgo of`.pafuotpuT uoujuaaguooIo spuaq uuoJTun `moms uuoj of mom pajjioads s;uauzaunbai of 5utpa000u sjuuivas fool. `sui2aq 5uuno JO 5uiuuDis aioloq pull uogeoiidde ju>;ivas aajlu Xiafutpautuil :sjuuivag ausuoM Jo 5utioos, •0 -Xiqurecluo juauianoui juuivas tunuiijdo Moue jug. sqpTM fuiof of anima! sgfdap pue salmis l>?uotfoas-ssoao `uuoJTun aonpo.id •£ •uoJjean2guoo jutof goua ui sassaoai IIg/Ciafalduto3 •saf>;ajsgns jutof jam ciin.I puu joujuoo XijoaJTp Xotp os sjuuivas amid •I :pailujsut am aupiouq aunf auies oqj ju pun 2uTmoiiol ail} pm Siduioo jugj sanbiugoaj uanold 2uisn sjuuivas Iiujsul •d •sjuto l jo sIouq puu sjuuivas uoomjaq pasn jou am s2uplouq juuluas azagm sjunivas puigaq aduj aa)ivaaq-puoq iiujsul •g -siuuaj>;ui Xip gjtm mom aomidai puu uotjnotiddu juuivas a.tojaq Tom atuooaq anug j qj auT)loeq juuins wagiosqu anouiag •£ -s2upiouq juuluas auaf.io `aanfound `jstmj`gofaajs jou oQ •Z •s2uploeq juuivas Jo spuo uaamjoq sda anual jou oQ • •Ajgiquduo fuauianoua juuiuos uinunjdo moue jugj sqjpTM jutof of anifuiaa sjueivas pall isuT Jo sgjdap puu sadugs iuuoTjoas-ssoio oonpoid of pa.unba.z uoijtsod ju puu uotjuoilddu 2utinp sfuuieas jaoddns of pajuotpui adUj.Jo aupiouq juuivas imsuI •Q •pajuotpui suogipuoo pTJ `suoijuotiddu `si Taaj>;ui of aiquoildde su suoijuoiiddu iuoijsnoou uT sjueluas jutof Jo asn -KI 6I6 O JALLSV ui suoq puomwooaa gjTM ifiduio3 :pmpuujS uotfuogddv juuivag iuoifsnood •3 •pafuoiput suo!jtpuoo puu `suoijuotiddu `siuuaj>to of olquoilddu su sjuuivas juToflo asn aoJ £611 3 vasv uT suoTjupuatutuooaa gjTM Aidwo3 :p.mpuujS uoTjuilujsul jueivaS g - iddu sjuauiaainbaa juo uujs wow ssolun`pajuotpuu suoijuotlddu puu sjonpo.id.ioj suoTjon.TjsuT uoTjuli Tsui uafjum s,aa.injoujnuuuz juuluas-jutof pm iciduio3 :iu.iaua0 •FT SINV'IVIS INIOf TO NOI.LVTJVISNI £•£ Teas jutofuiganjsip jnogjim 2uilooj kiajutpowi n aduj anouaag •sauauzs 3UEJROS anouia.z of paambaa spogjauz 2uTuuaio cq JO joujuoo lions Xq poReuzup JO pautujs Xijuauuuuad aq pinom asTMaagjo jugj saoulans uiuiofpu gjTM juuivas Jo joujuoo monad of pa.unba.i aaagm aduj 5uDisuui asn :adgZ 2upisuyg •3 •saouJans 2uiuiofpu ojuo uotjua Iul ao oReiitds mop jou op `puoq juuluas-jutof jo seam of saauatad auguoD •suoijonajsui uaf!JM s,.tainjoejnuuum juuluas-juiof gjTM /flduioo of Jouuad Lfiddy •aouauadxa.Toad JO sjsaj afeajsgns-jueivas-jutof uoTjonajsuooaad uo pasuq `aaanjoulnuuui juuivas-juTof cq 2uIjIJM uT papuauiuiooaa aioq `sajuajsgns jutof auiud :$uiuiud jutof { 1 SECTION 108200— LOUVERED ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SCREENS 108200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: 1 1. Fixed, extruded-aluminum louvered roof top equipment screens 1 B. See Division 5 Section "Structural Metal Framing" for structural framing supporting louver sections. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design: Design louvers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified engineer, using structural performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Louvers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on a uniform pressure of 30 lb./sq. ft. (1435 Pa), 41, acting inward or outward. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For equipment screens and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show frame profiles and blade profiles, angles, and spacing. C. Samples: For each type of metal finish required. D. Submittal: For louvers indicated to comply with structural performance requirements and design criteria indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS ✓'� 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221M,Alloy 6063-T5. LOUVERED ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SCREENS 108200 - 1 PROJECT#19-23141 B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209M,Alloy 3003 with temper as required for forming. C. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. 1. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 2.2 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Join concealed frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view welds, threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary. 2.3 EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SCREEN A. Direct Mount Horizontal Blade Louvered Roof Top Equipment Screen 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Architectural Louvers Co. (Harray, LLC); Model V4JSD. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the specified product or comparable product by one of the following: a. Manufacturers of equivalent products submitted and approved in accordance with Section 01630-Product Substitution Procedures. 2. Louver Blade Depth: 4 inches(100 mm) 3. Blade Profile: Plain blade without center baffle. 4. Blade and Frame Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.080 inch(2.03 mm). 5. Framing Support: Modular aluminum tube framing, not less than 0.140 inch thickness. Design and construction of framing and connections to handle design wind loads. Framing to mount directly to air handling unit as shown on drawings. 6. Hinge: 0.120"thickness aluminum heavy-duty hinge. Each louver panel to be hinged for full access to the air handling unit. 7. Latch: top and bottom slam latch(provided) 8. Louver Performance Requirements: a. Free Area: Not less than 8.0 sq. ft. (0.74 sq. m) for 48-inch- (1220-mm-) wide by 48-inch- (1220-mm-)high louver assembly. b. Horizontal Drag Coefficient: Not greater than 0.63 on a cross sectional profile, allowing for a 37% reduction in wind load imposed horizontally upon supporting structural framing. 2.4 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. High-Performance Organic Finish: 3-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pre-treat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. LOUVERED ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SCREENS 108200 -2 PROJECT#19-23141 ti\ 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION L 3.1 INSTALLATION Si A. Locate and place equipment screens level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weather-tight connection. C. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width to allow for thermal expansion, as indicated. D. Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory and refinish entire unit or provide new units. END OF SECTION 108200 j.. L LOUVERED ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SCREENS 108200 - 3 PROJECT#19-23141 1 • • 4sA • 4 i -114 3 .. 4 f TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 23 - HEATING,VENTILATING, AND AIR- CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 0010 BASIC MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 23 0519 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0713 DUCT INSULATION 23 0719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 23 0800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 0913 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC 23 0923 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 23 0993 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 2113 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 2114 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 23 2123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 2500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 3100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3416 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS 23 6423 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 0010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 0505 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533.16 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0583 WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 2416 PANELBOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 19-23141 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 23141 5 Sullivan Brothers Center 1/21/2020 - Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0010 BASIC MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Mechanical HVAC Requirements specifically applicable to Division 23 in addition to Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Mechanical HVAC Contract shall also include furnishing and installing a complete heating, ventilating and air conditioning system for the building remodel and all other related work as called for under the specifications and shown on plans. B. 1.03 WORK INCLUDED A. The Mechanical HVAC Contract shall include all work under the listed Division 23 of the Specifications Index and all related Mechanical work as shown on the Drawings for the project. B. A Complete table of Mechanical Reference Symbols is shown on the plans. C. Under this Contract the Mechanical Contractor shall furnish the Owner with and electronic PDF document with hyper-links. Submit PDF's to the Engineer for his review. The Engineer will then turnfiles over to the Owner. The PDF's shall contain the following items: 1. Shop drawings on all major equipment. 2. Operating Instructions for all major equipment. 3. Maintenance Instructions for all major equipment. 4. Wiring diagrams for all equipment. 5. Test and Balance Reports. 6. Commissioning Reports. 7. The Mechanical installation to be made under Division 23 is set up for contract bidding as follows: a. Mechanical HVAC Contractor is a sub-contractor to the General Contractor. 1) The Mechanical contractor is responsible for own equipment, such as cranes, lifts, etc. in order to provide a complete installation of mechanical systems. • 2) The Mechanical contractor shall be a sub-contractor to the General Contractor and shall include in his bid, prices from sub-contractors for control wiring, and other trades necessary to complete the entire job. 1.04 SPECIFICATIONS COMPLIANCE A. The requirements of these specifications shall be complied with in every respect. Therefore, it shall be absolutely mandatory that the job foreman, all lead mechanics, subcontractors and their foreman have completely studied these specifications, be completely knowledgeable as to their entire contents, and maintain a copy at the job-site. Every foreman and lead mechanic shall be provided with a complete copy of this specification. 1.05 INCONSISTENCIES A. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and/or quantity of Work required by the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and/or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation without change in the contract sum. 1.06 CODES, FEES AND LATERAL COSTS A. The Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Installation shall meet all applicable local, state _ and federal codes and standards. B. All permits necessary for a complete heating and ventilation installation shall be paid for by this Contractor. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 01 3000. B. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0010 - Page 1 of 4 BASIC MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement C. All documents shall be submitted in .pdf format unless pre-approved by Engineer. The contractor shall not use any equipment or materials that does not have the engineer's stamped approval. D. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. 1.08 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Division 1. 1.10 PRE-CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION AND VERIFICATION A. This Contractor shall coordinate his work with other Contractors on this job. Any conflict which cannot be resolved shall be settled by the Architect/Engineer. B. Field verification of scale dimensions on plans is directed since actual locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. C. The Contractors shall check architectural, structural, plumbing, heating, ventilating and electrical plans to avert possible installation conflicts. Should drastic changes from original plans be necessary to resolve such conflicts this Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer and secure written approval and agreement on necessary adjustments before the installation is started. D. Discrepancies shown on different plans or between plans and actual field conditions or between plans and specifications shall promptly be brought to the attention of the Architect/Engineer for a decision. E. The Contractor shall consider and review the complete set of documents, etc., Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Electrical, etc., (Drawings and Specifications) as his complete set. He will be responsible for any and all mechanical work shown or stated (to be by him), to include this work in his bid and install such items even though they are not specifically shown or stated on the Mechanical section of the plans and specifications. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for continual coordination of the mechanical work with other trades so as to avoid conflicts in installation. Contractor shall cooperate with other trades to assure that construction proceeds in an orderly and timely manner. B. Study the civil, structural, electrical, shop and any specialty drawings and specifications to determine required coordination. 1. Anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and supports that may be required for the mechanical work shall be furnished and installed under the same division of the specifications as the respective items to be supported. Excluded from this requirement are cast in place anchor bolts. 2. Slots, chases, openings and recesses through floors and walls as specified will be provided by the various trades in their respective materials, but the trade requiring them shall see that they are properly located in zones provided or otherwise approved by the Engineer or Architect and/or Owner. 3. Locations of pipes, panels, equipment, fixtures, etc., shall be adjusted to accommodate interferences encountered. The Project Coordinator shall determine the exact rerouting and location of each pipe and/or duct encountered prior to fabrication. a. Right-of-Way: Lines which pitch shall have the right of way over those which do not pitch. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right of way over lines whose elevations can be changed. b. Offsets, transitions and changes in direction in pipes shall be made as required to maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings. 4. Installation of Arrangement: The contractor shall install all mechanical work to permit removal of, and access to, (without damage to other parts) all parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. C. Layout Priority: Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0010 - Page 2 of 4 BASIC MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 1. All trades shall understand that other trades will need to work in the same areas during the project. All final decisions as to the right-of-way and runs of utility lines (pipes, ducts, etc.) shall be made by Owner and/or Architect. In general, priority shall be given as follows: a. Process piping which must be drainable b. Sheet metal ductwork c. Light Fixtures d. Plumbing waste lines, downspouts, and vents e. Sprinkler piping f. Gravity water lines g. Ice water or steam lines h. Refrigerant lines i. Gas and air lines j. Plumbing water k. Electrical conduit I. Control air lines D. PREPARE DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS WHERE NECESSARY TO ASSURE PROPER FIT AND NECESSARY CLEARANCE. 1.12 CUTTING, PATCHING AND FIRESTOPPING A. This Mechanical Contractor shall set all sleeves in construction for his work. Where cutting is required, it shall be done by this Contractor. All patching shall be done by the General Contractor. General contractor shall provide and install firestopping materials. 1.13 ELECTRICAL A. Mechanical Contractor shall furnish all motor starters and motor controls. Electrical Contractor shall furnish all wiring for motor control operation, except if specified otherwise. 1.14 ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL COSTS A. If the Mechanical Contractor substitutes equipment for specified units, the mechanical contractor shall be responsible for any additional electrical installation costs for this substitution whether the other equipment was listed as equal in the specification or was approved equal after the project was in the bidding process. 1.15 GUARANTEE A. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper installation and working of everything in this contract and shall guarantee to remedy free of charge any defects in workmanship and materials that may appear to give or gives rise to trouble of any kind for a period of one year from date of final substantial completion. PART 2PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT USED PART 3EXECUTION 3.01 NOT USED END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0010 - Page 3 of 4 BASIC MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0010 - Page 4 of 4 BASIC MECHANICAL HVAC REQUIREMENTS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0519 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pressure gauges and pressure gauge taps. B. Thermometers and thermometer wells. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME B40.100 - Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments; 2013. B. ASTM El - Standard Specification for ASTM Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers; 2014. C. UL 393 - Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire-Protection Service; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide list that indicates use, operating range, total range and location for manufactured components. C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and instrumentation. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install instrumentation when areas are under construction, except for required rough-in, taps, supports and test plugs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Pressure Gauges: ASME B40.100, UL 393 drawn steel case, phosphor bronze bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, with front recalibration adjustment, black scale on white background. 1. Case: Steel with brass bourdon tube. 2. Size: 3-1/2 inch diameter. 3. Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent. 4. Scale: Psi. 2.02 PRESSURE GAUGE TAPPINGS A. Syphon: Steel, Schedule 40, 1/4 inch angle or straight pattern. 2.03 DIAL THERMOMETERS A. Thermometer ASTM El, stainless steel case, adjustable angle with front recalibration, bimetallic helix actuated with silicone fluid damping, white with black markings and black pointer hermetically sealed lens, stainless steel stem. 1. Size: 3 inch diameter dial. 2. Lens: Clear glass. 3. Accuracy: 1 percent. 4. Calibration: Degrees F. 2.04 THERMOMETER SUPPORTS A. Socket: Brass separable sockets for thermometer stems with or without extensions as required, and with cap and chain. 2.05 TEST PLUGS A. Test Plug: 1/4 inch or 1/2 inch brass fitting and cap for receiving 1/8 inch outside diameter pressure or temperature probe with neoprene core for temperatures up to 200 degrees F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0519 - Page 1 of 2 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement B. Provide one pressure gauge per pump, installing taps before strainers and on suction and discharge of pump. Pipe to gauge. C. Install pressure gauges with pulsation dampers. Provide gauge cock to isolate each gauge. Provide siphon on gauges in steam systems. Extend nipples and siphons to allow clearance from insulation. D. Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge pipes smaller than 2-1/2 inch for installation of thermometer sockets. Ensure sockets allow clearance from insulation. 3.02 SCHEDULE A. Pressure Gauges, Location and Scale Range: 1. Pumps, 0 to 100 psi. B. Dial Thermometers, Location and Scale Range: 1. Chiller inlet and outlets -20 to 100 degrees F END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0519 - Page 2 of 2 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Vibration isolation requirements. B. Vibration-isolated equipment support bases. C. Vibration isolators. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Materials and requirements for fabricated metal supports. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE (HVACA) -ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for products, including materials, fabrication details, dimensions, and finishes. 1. Vibration Isolators: Include rated load capacities and deflections; include information on color coding or other identification method for spring element load capacities. C. Shop Drawings -Vibration Isolation Systems: 1. Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed arrangement of vibration isolators; indicate equipment weights and static deflections. 2. Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: Include base weights, including concrete fill where applicable; indicate equipment mounting provisions. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VIBRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Design and provide vibration isolation systems to reduce vibration transmission to supporting structure from vibration-producing HVAC equipment and/or HVAC connections to vibration-isolated equipment. B. Comply with applicable general recommendations of ASHRAE (HVACA), where not in conflict with other specified requirements: C. General Requirements: 1. Select vibration isolators to provide required static deflection. 2. Select vibration isolators for uniform deflection based on distributed operating weight of actual installed equipment. 3. Select vibration isolators for outdoor equipment to comply with wind design requirements. 2.02 VIBRATION-ISOLATED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT BASES A. Vibration-Isolated Concrete Inertia Bases: 1. Description: Concrete-filled engineered steel forms with integral mounting provisions for vibration isolators, sized and configured for mounting of equipment. 2. Minimum Base Depth: 4 inches. 3. Minimum Base Mass (Including Concrete): 1.5 times weight of supported equipment. 4. Concrete Reinforcement: Welded or tied reinforcing bars running both ways in a single layer. 5. Concrete: Filled on site with minimum 3000 psi concrete in accordance with Section 03 3000. _ 6. Pump Applications: Size and configure bases for piping elbow supports as required. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0548 - Page 1 of 4 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 2.03 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Resilient Materials for Vibration Isolators: Oil, ozone, and oxidant resistant. 2. Spring Elements for Spring Isolators: a. Color code or otherwise identify springs to indicate load capacity. b. Lateral Stability: Minimum lateral stiffness to vertical stiffness ratio of 0.8. c. Designed to operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curve over deflection range of not less than 50 percent above specified deflection. d. Designed to provide additional travel to solid of not less than 50 percent of rated deflection at rated load. e. Selected to provide designed deflection of not less than 75 percent of specified deflection. f. Selected to function without undue stress or overloading. B. Vibration Isolators for Non-Seismic Applications: 1. Housed Spring Isolators: a. Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s)within a metal housing. b. Furnished with integral elastomeric snubbing elements, non-adjustable type, for limiting equipment movement and preventing metal-to-metal contact between housing elements. c. Bottom Load Plate: Steel with non-skid elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. d. Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive vibration isolation and/or seismic control components and associated attachments. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. C. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. D. Install flexible piping connections to provide sufficient slack for vibration isolation and/or seismic relative displacements as indicated or as required. E. Vibration Isolation Systems: 1. Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: a. Provide specified minimum clearance beneath base. 2. Spring Isolators: a. Position equipment at operating height; provide temporary blocking as required. b. Lift equipment free of isolators prior to lateral repositioning to avoid damage to isolators. c. Level equipment by adjusting isolators gradually in sequence to raise equipment uniformly such that excessive weight or stress is not placed on any single isolator. 3. Clean debris from beneath vibration-isolated equipment that could cause short circuiting of isolation. 4. Adjust isolators to be free of isolation short circuits during normal operation. 5. Do not overtighten fasteners such that resilient material isolator pads are compressed beyond manufacturer's maximum recommended deflection. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0548 - Page 2 of 4 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 3.03 SCHEDULE: A. Provide vibration isolation on the following equipment: 1. Base Mounted Pump: Vibration-Isolated Concrete Inertia Base 2. Chiller: Housed Spring Isolators- coordinate with chiller manufacturer on chiller weights (appox 13,500 LB) END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0548 - Page 3 of 4 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0548 - Page 4 of 4 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nameplates. B. Tags. C. Pipe markers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; 2015. B. ASTM D709 - Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials; 2017. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. List: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A. Heat Transfer Equipment: Nameplates. B. Instrumentation: Tags. C. Piping: Pipe markers. D. Pumps: Nameplates. E. Valves: Tags. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. Letter Color: White. B. Letter Height: 1/2 inch. C. Background Color: Black. D. Plastic: Comply with ASTM D709. 2.03 TAGS A. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. 2.04 PIPE MARKERS A. Color: Comply with ASME A13.1. B. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. D. Color code as follows: 1. Heating, Cooling, and Boiler Feedwater: Green with white letters. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0553 - Page 1 of 2 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 5 Sullivan Brothers Center-Chiller Replacement B. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0553 - Page 2 of 2 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of hydronic systems. B. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. C. Commissioning activities. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 9113 -General Commissioning Requirements: Commissioning requirements that apply to all types of work. B. Section 23 0800 - Commissioning of HVAC. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE Std 111 - Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems; 2008 (Reaffirmed 2017). B. SMACNA(TAB) - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing; 2002. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing, adjusting, and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1. Submit to Architect. 2. Submit to the Commissioning Authority. 3. Include at least the following in the plan: a. List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters, formulas to be used. b. Copy of field checkout sheets and logs to be used, listing each piece of equipment to be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. c. Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. d. Final test report forms to be used. e. Procedures for formal deficiency reports, including scope, frequency and distribution. C. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1. Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 2. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 4. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 5. Units of Measure: Report data in both I-P (inch-pound) and SI (metric) units. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1. SMACNA (TAB). B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C. TAB Agency Qualifications: Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0593 - Page 1 of 4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2. Certified by one of the following: a. AABC, Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabc.com/#sle; upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b. NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org/#sle. c. TABB, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Institute: www.tabbcertified.org/#sle. D. TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented. 4. Pumps are rotating correctly. 5. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 6. Service and balance valves are open. B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance. C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Hold a pre-balancing meeting at least one week prior to starting TAB work. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.05 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gages to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. B. Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. C. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. D. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. See Sections 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 for additional requirements. B. Perform prerequisites prior to starting commissioning activities. 3.07 SCOPE A. Test, adjust, and balance the following: 1. HVAC Pumps. 2. Air Cooled Water Chillers. 3. Air Coils. 3.08 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A. Pumps: 1. Identification/number. 2. Manufacturer. 3. Size/model. 4. Impeller. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0593 - Page 2 of 4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 5. Service. 6. Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP. 7. Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP. 8. Discharge pressure. 9. Suction pressure. 10. Total operating head pressure. 11. Shut off, discharge and suction pressures. 12. Shut off, total head pressure. B. Chillers: 1. Identification/number. 2. Manufacturer. 3. Capacity. 4. Model number. 5. Serial number. 6. Evaporator entering water temperature, design and actual. 7. Evaporator leaving water temperature, design and actual. 8. Evaporator pressure drop, design and actual. 9. Evaporator water flow rate, design and actual. C. Cooling Coils: 1. Identification/number. 2. Location. 3. Service. 4. Manufacturer. 5. Air flow, design and actual. 6. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual. 7. Entering air WB temperature, design and actual. 8. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual. 9. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual. 10. Water flow, design and actual. 11. Water pressure drop, design and actual. 12. Entering water temperature, design and actual. 13. Leaving water temperature, design and actual. 14. Air pressure drop, design and actual. D. Exhaust Fans: 1. Location. 2. Manufacturer. 3. Model number. 4. Serial number. 5. Air flow, specified and actual. 6. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual. 7. Inlet pressure. 8. Discharge pressure. 9. Sheave Make/Size/Bore. 10. Number of Belts/Make/Size. 11. Fan RPM. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0593 - Page 3 of 4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0593 - Page 4 of 4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Duct insulation. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS Properties by A. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method fore0tl7y-State Thermal Transmission Prop Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus; B. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral FibeBlan ke0t1 Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications; 2013 (Reapproved C. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation; 2014 (Reapproved 2019). D. ASTM C1071 - Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material); 2019. E. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. 6 F. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmissi nP of Materials; ric 2r a1s. o G. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance Synthetic to Fungi; 2015. H. ASTM E 814 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops Standard ms I. ASTE E 2336 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Resiste of Building rease Duct nclosure Materials; Cue rent J. UL 723 - Standard ll Revisions. K. Burning Characteristics Edition, Including K. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements,al characteristics,csp list of materialsand B. Product Data: Provide product description, thickness for each service, and locations.C. Manufacturer's Instructions: to ensure acceptable and thatistallat on standards twill be achieved. ion procedures necessary workmanship 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this B. Applicatoron, withQ minimum three Co years of experience and approved by manufacturer. section, minimum 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperaturesand conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. of 24 hours. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period Section 23 0713 - Page 1 of 2 Project No. 19-23141 DUCT INSULATION 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 2.02 FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 25/50, A. A lightweight, nominal 1.5" thick, 6pcf density, inorganic, non-asbestos, noncombustible, bio-soluble, high temperature, core insulation blanket. B. Flexible, fully encapsulated duct wrap to provide 2-hour fire resistive enclosure a ml C. Blanket insulation must maintain a 2012°F (1100°C) operating temperaturessembly. D. R-Valueper ASTM C518 at ambient (77 degrees F) at least 6.3 (F-Ft2-hr/BTU E. Provide rated access doors (for cleanout as required) to maintain 2-hour ratingand clearance. F. Provide firestop sealants, tape, insulation pins, clips, banding and other required manufacturer's instructions to ensure installation complies with the complete tested system and corresponding Design Listing(s). components as per PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that ducts have been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Kitchen Grease Ducts: 1. Fire Barrier Duct Wrap a. Ductwork Exposed in Mechanical Room END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 DUCT INSULATIOPage2ofN 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES _ A. Piping insulation. B. Jackets and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 8400 -Firestopping. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus; 2013. _ A. ASTM C177 - Standard Cement; 2007 Transmission Properties by ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating B. Thermal Insulating and _ (Reapproved 2013). Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic Setting C. ASTM C4Gem ;Standard07 (Reapproved 2013). Finishing Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular _ D. ASTM C53410534M - Standard Thermal Insulation in Sheet and a uon E. ASTM C547 Standard Spec for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation; 2017. with Austenitic ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use inContact F.— Reapproved 2018). Materials; Stainless Steel; 2008 ( Characteristics of Building G. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Transmission of Materials; 2016. 2016.HVapor 6M - ASTM - Stanch Standard Test Methods for Wateraracteristics of Building Materials; Current I. UL 723- Standard for Test for Surface Burning _ Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. Data Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and B. Product thickness for each service, and locations. procedures that ensure acceptable cate installation C. Manufacturer'srknhipnd installationons: )standards will be achieved. - workmanship 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING density, and A. Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product thickness. manufacturers of each product. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient conditions required by temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. B. Maintain temp PART 2 PRODUCTS ed index of 25/50, 2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS read index/Smoke develop A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame sp maximum,when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 2.02 GLASS FIBER, RIGID A. Insulation: ASTM C547 and ASTMt 75 deg rigid molded, lded, noncombustible. 1. K Value: ASTM C177, O.24 e Temperature.. 850 degrees F. - 2. Maximum Service Temp tur0.2 percent by volume. 3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 1 of 4 Section 23 0719 -Page HVAC PIPING INSULATION Project No. 19-23141 5 Sullivan Brothers Center-Chiller Replacement B. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraftpaper mom-inc vapor transmission wheneted in accordanceib with ASTM moisture yarn,th bonded 6 aluminized film; C. VaporE96/E96M of 0.02 - Barrier Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. D. Insulating Cement/Mastic: ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool. E. Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish: 1. Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd weight. 2. Vinyl emulsion t F. type acrylic, compatible with insulation, black color. Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or ma G. Insulatin mastic, compatible with insulation, black color. g Cement: ASTM C449. 2.03 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A. Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber ins C534/C534M. Grade 1; use 1, molded tubular material wherever ossi complying with ASTM Minimum Service Temperature: 2. Maximum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F. possible. 23. Connection: 180 degrees F. B. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive:Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with insulation. 2.04 JACKETS A. PVC Plastic. 1. Jacket: One piece molded type fittin a. Minimum Service Tem g coversand sheet material, off-white color. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. perature: 150 degrees F. c. Moisture Vapor Perm ability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, d. Thickness: 10 mil. when tested in accordance e. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. B. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B209 1. Thickness: (ASTM B209M) formed aluminum sheet. 0.016 inch sheet. 2. Finish: Smooth. 3. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 4. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting 5. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.015 inch thick aluminum. o PART 3 EXECUTIONfactory attached protective liner. 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION rY, with foreign material removed. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards. C. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least D. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature; fittings, valves, unions, anges strainers, flexible Conn visible locations. joints. connections, insulate entire system including ns, pump bodies, and expansion E. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: 1. Provide vapor barrier jackets, facto longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure ied seals sensitive clinch expandingstaplesfield-applied; secure with self-sealing 2. Insulate fittings, and vapor barrier mastic. adhesive. Secure with outward finish with valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness adjacent pipe. joint with PVC fittings covers. Project No. 19-23141 as Section 23 0719 - Page 2 of 4 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement F. Inserts and Shields: hanger 1. Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. pipe hang rolls and inserts. 2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 3. Insert location: Between hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at G. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations, fittings,ee t Sect nti jo , and 07 84000.v with H. Exterior Applications: Provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. Provide two coats of UV resistant finish for flexible elastomeric cellular insulation without jacketing. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Cooling Systems: 1. Interior Glycol Cooling Supply and Return: a. Rigid Glass Fiber: 1) All Pipe Sizes- 1 inch thick 2) Plastic Molded Coversnfor d Ffttng s 2. Exterior Glycol Cooling Supply s urn a. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation 1) All Pipe Sizes- 1 inch thicke and fittings 2) Aluminum Jacket for pipe END OF SECTION Section 23 0719 -Page 3 of 4 Project No. 19-23141 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0719 - Page 4 of 4 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Requirements for overall objectives; comply _ A. See Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning with the requirements of Section 01 9113. each subcontractor or nsibilities for commissioning; each item to be B. This section covers the Contractor's responsibilities p to that system or installer responsible for the installation of a p r system or equip activities relating commissioned is responsible for the commissioning equipment item. activities and CA directs and coordinates all commissioning C. The Commissioning Authority ( ) ' including commissioning activities for provide s Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test Procedures for Contractor's use. D. The following HVAC equipment is to be commissioned, the following specific items: 1. Control system. and piping system E. The Prefunctional Checklist and Functional Test requirements specifiedpumps in this section are in stitute for, inspection or testing specified in other sections. - addition to, not a sub 1.02 SUBMITTALS the Commissioning Authority informed of all changes to control A. Updatedm Sbmittals: Keep and setup; revise and resubmit when system documentation e made.ade uring programming Detailed substantial changes be followed to test, checkout and adjust theh ctyontrol e o DRAFT Prefunctional Checklists and Fuunctional Test Procedures for Control System: B. procedures ten plano indicating the p include at least the following systemof prior to full system Functional Testing; equipment controlled: _ 1. System name. 2. List of devices. Step-by-step procedures for testing each controller wiring installation.installation,nlla including: e are 3. p proper hardwarethat they a. Process of verifying own a i p ro rams to local controllers and verifying b. Process of downloading programs nent. addressed correctly. c. Process of performing operational checks of each controlled ontractuolletl cod all o sensors. d. Plan and process for calibrating valve and damper of the expected field adjustments for transmitters, controllers and control e. Description fall outsideprocess; actuatorso should control responsespoint and space to 4. Copy of proposed log and field checkout sheets to be used of eachnte "passed" and ish operating within thee include space for initial and final read values during specifically indicate when a sensor or controller has p contract parameters. prior to TAB using control esting. 5. Description whatof the tests on what systemsgshould bet completedAuthorityrT and TABthe control contractor 6. Indicate system for TAB work. Coordinate with the Commissioning for this determination. s: Submit for approval of C. Startup Reports, Prefunctional Checklists, and Trend Log Commissioning Authority. stem: HVAC Control System O&M Manual minimum the following Ition dataton documentation sy specified p and organize at I all functions, features, elsewhere, compileperform and apply 1. Specific step-by-step instructions on how top modes, etc. mentioned in the controls training sections of this specification and other of this system. Provide an index and clear table of contents. Include the detaile d technical manual for programming ro ramming and customizing control loops and algorithms. 2. Full as-built set of control drawings. Section 23 0800 Page 1 of 4 Project No. 19 23141 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center-Chiller Replacement 3. Full as-built sequence of operations 4. Full points list; in addition to th information onn the original oin listingequipment. of all rooms with the following information for each room: a. Air handler unit ID. points list submittal, include a b. Heating and/or cooling valve tag ID. c. Minimum air flow rate. d. Maximum air flow rate. 5. Full print out of all schedules and set points after testing and acceptance 6. Full as-built print out of software program. 7. Electronic copy of the system. 8. Maintenance nst ucdt instructions, includi the ng sre ensor calibratim for this on sensor type, etc. n requirements and methods by 9. Control equipment coin 10. Warranty requirements,ponentsubinittals, parts lists, etc. 11. Copies of all checkout tests and calibrations performed by the Contractor(not commissioning tests). 12. Organize and subdivide the manual with permanently labeled tabs data in the given order: a. Sequences of operation. for each of the following b. Control drawings. c. Points lists. d. Controller and/or module data. e. Thermostats and timers. f. Sensors and DP switches. 9. Valves and valve actuators. h. Dampers and damper actuators. i. Program setups (software program ram E. Project Record Documents: See Section 01 7800touts for additional re 1. Submit updated version of control system documentation, for inclusion with operation and maintenance data. requirements. 2. Show actual locations of all static and differential pressure sensors pressure) and air-flow stations on project record drawings. F. Training (air, water and building Manuals: See Section 01 7900 for additional requirements. 1. Provide three extra copies of the controls training manuals in a separate O&M manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS prate manual from the 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Provide all standard testing equipment required to perform startup required functional performance testing; unless otherwise noted such testinge NOT become the property of Owner. and initial checkout and B. Equipment-Specific Tools: Where special testing equipment,uipment, tools and instruments are specific equipment will to a piece of equipment, are only available from the vendor, and are required accomplish startup or Functional Testing, provide such equipment, tools, and instruments as part of the work at no extra cost to Owner; such equipment, tools, and instruments in oder to become the property of Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION are to 3.01 PREPARATION A. Cooperate with the Commissioning Authority in development of the Prefunctional Functional Test Procedures. B. Furnish additional information requested by the Commissioning Checklists and C. Prepare a preliminary schedule for HVAC pipeWing Authority. ng, equipment start-up and testing, adjusting, and balancing start and cuct system tompletio flushing and by the Commissioning Authority; update the schedule as appropriate. or use by the Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0800- Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement COMMISSIONING OF HVAC D. Notify the Commissioning Authority when pipe and duct system testing, flushing, cleaning, startup of each piece of equipment and testing, adjusting, and balancing will occur; when commissioning activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction notify ahead of time and be proactive in seeing that the Commissioning Authority has the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process. E. Put all HVAC equipment and systems into operation and continue operation during each working day of testing, adjusting, and balancing and commissioning, as required. F. Provide test holes in ducts and plenums where directed to allow air measurements and air balancing; close with an approved plug. G. Provide temperature and pressure taps in accordance with Contract Documents. 3.02 INSPECTING AND TESTING - GENERAL A. Submit startup plans, startup reports, and Prefunctional Checklists for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned. B. Perform the Functional Tests directed by the Commissioning Authority for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned. C. Valve/Damper Stroke Setup and Check: 1. For all valve/damper actuator positions checked, verify the actual position against the control system readout. 2. Set pump/fan to normal operating mode. 3. Command valve/damper closed; visually verify that valve/damper is closed and adjust output zero signal as required. 4. Command valve/damper open; verify position is full open and adjust output signal as required. 5. Command valve/damper to a few intermediate positions. 6. If actual valve/damper position does not reasonably correspond, replace actuator or add pilot positioner(for pneumatics). 7. Closure for Cooling Coil Valves - Normally Closed: D. Coil Valve Leak Check: E. Deficiencies: Correct deficiencies and re-inspect or re-test, as applicable, at no extra cost to Owner. 3.03 TAB COORDINATION A. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing of HVAC. B. Coordinate commissioning schedule with TAB schedule. 3.04 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTING A. Prefunctional Checklists for control system components will require a signed and dated certification that all system programming is complete as required to accomplish the requirements of Contract Documents and the detailed Sequences of Operation documentation submittal. B. Do not start Functional Testing until all controlled components have themselves been successfully Functionally Tested in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Using a skilled technician who is familiar with this building, execute the Functional Testing of the control system as required by the Commissioning Authority. D. Functional Testing of the control system constitutes demonstration . E. Functionally Test integral or stand-alone controls in conjunction with the Functional Tests of the equipment they are attached to, including any interlocks with other equipment or systems; further testing during control system Functional Test is not required unless specifically indicated below. F. Demonstrate the following to the Commissioning Authority during testing of controlled equipment; coordinate with commissioning of equipment. 1. Setpoint changing features and functions. 2. Sensor calibrations. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0800 - Page 3 of 4 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement G. Demonstrate to the Commissioning Authority: _ 1. That all specified functions and features are set up, debugged and fully operable. 2. That scheduling features are fully functional and setup, including holidays. 3. That all graphic screens and value readouts are completed. 4. Correct date and time setting in central computer. 5. That field panels read the same time as the central computer; sample 10 percent of field panels; if any of those fail, sample another 10 percent; if any of those fail test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner. 6. Functionality of field panels using local operator keypads and local ports (plug-ins) using portable computer/keypad; demonstrate 100 percent of panels and 10 percent of ports; if any ports fail, sample another 10 percent; if any of those fail, test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner. 7. Power failure and battery backup and power-up restart functions. 8. Global commands features. 9. Security and access codes. 10. Occupant over-rides (manual, telephone, key, keypad, etc.). 11. O&M schedules and alarms. 12. Occupancy sensors and controls. 13. All control strategies and sequences not tested during controlled equipment testing. H. If the control system, integral control components, or related equipment do not respond to changing conditions and parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to acceptable operating practice, under any of the conditions, sequences, or modes tested, correct all systems, equipment, components, and software required at no additional cost to Owner. 3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. See Section 01 7800 for additional requirements. B. Add design intent documentation furnished by Architect to manuals prior to submission to Owner. C. Submit manuals related to items that were commissioned to Commissioning Authority for review; make changes recommended by Commissioning Authority. D. Commissioning Authority will add commissioning records to manuals after submission to Owner. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. See Section 01 7900 for additional requirements. B. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of HVAC system to Owner' personnel; if during any demonstration, the system fails to perform in accordance with the information included in the O&M manual, stop demonstration, repair or adjust, and repeat demonstration. Demonstrations may be combined with training sessions if appropriate. C. These demonstrations are in addition to, and not a substitute for, Prefunctional Checklists and demonstrations to the Commissioning Authority during Functional Testing. D. HVAC Control System Training. Perform training as specified under Section 230923 Direct Digital Control System E. Provide the services of manufacturer representatives to assist instructors where necessary. F. Provide the services of the HVAC controls instructor at other training sessions, when requested, to discuss the interaction of the controls system as it relates to the equipment being discussed. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0800 - Page 4 of 4 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0913 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Control Valves: 1. Globe pattern. 2. Butterfly pattern. 3. Electronic operators. B. Input/Output Sensors: 1. Temperature sensors. 2. Equipment operation (current) sensors. C. Transmitters: 1. Water pressure transmitters (liquid differential pressure transmitters). 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0583 -Wiring Connections: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide description and engineering data for each control system component. Include sizing as requested. Provide data for each system component and software module. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Provide for all manufactured components. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include inspection period, cleaning methods, recommended cleaning materials, and calibration tolerances. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of control components, including panels, thermostats, and sensors. Accurately record actual location of control components, including panels, thermostats, and sensors. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a two year period after Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT-GENERAL A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.02 CONTROL VALVES A. Globe Pattern: 1. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug-type disc, flanged ends. renewable seat and disc. 2. Hydronic Systems: a. Rate for service pressure of 125 psig at 250 degrees F. b. Replaceable plugs and seats of stainless steel. c. Size for 3 psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate. d. Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics, three way valves linear characteristics. Size two-way valve operators to close valves against pump shut off head. B. Butterfly Pattern: 1. Iron body, bronze disc, resilient replaceable seat for service to 180 degrees F wafer or lug ends, extended neck. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0913 - Page 1 of 4 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 2. Hydronic Systems: _ a. Rate for service pressure of 125 psig at 250 degrees F. b. Size for 1 psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate. C. Electronic Operators: - 1. Valves shall spring return to normal position as indicated on freeze, fire, or temperature protection. 2. Select operator for full shut off at maximum pump differential pressure.2.03 INPUT/OUTPUT SENSORS A. Temperature Sensors: 1. Use thermistor or RTD type temperature sensing elements with characteristics resistant to moisture, vibration, and other conditions consistent with the application without affecting accuracy and life expectancy. 2. Construct RTD of nickel or platinum with base resistance of 1000 ohms at 70 degrees F. 3. 100 ohm platinum RTD is acceptable if used with project DDC controllers. - 4. Temperature Sensing Device: Compatible with project DDC controllers. 5. Performance Characteristics: a. RTD:1) Chilled Water Accuracy: Plus/minus 0.50 degrees F minimum. 2) Range: Minus 40 degrees F through 220 degrees F minimum. b. Thermistor: 1) Accuracy (All): Plus/minus 0.36 degrees F minimum. 2) Range: Minus 25 degrees F through 122 degrees F minimum. 3) Heat Dissipation Constant: 2.7 mW per degree C. c. Immersion Temperature Sensors: A sensor encased in a corrosion-resistant probe with an indoor junction box service entry body. d. Insertion Elements: 1) Provide dry type, insertion elements for liquids, installed in immersion wells, with minimum insertion length of 2.5 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that systems are ready to receive work. C. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. D. Sequence work to ensure installation of components is complementary to installation of similar components in other systems. E. Coordinate installation of system components with installation of mechanical systems equipment such as air handling units and air terminal units. F. Ensure installation of components is complementary to installation of similar components. G. Coordinate installation of system components with installation of mechanical systems equipment such as air handling units and air terminal units. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide valves with position indicators and with pilot positioners where sequenced with other controls. C. Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipment on vibration free walls or free standing angle iron supports. One cabinet may accommodate more than one system in same equipment room. Provide engraved plastic nameplates for instruments and controls inside cabinet and engraved plastic nameplates on cabinet face. D. Provide conduit and electrical wiring in accordance with Section 26 0583. Electrical material and installation shall be in accordance with appropriate requirements of Division 26. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0913 - Page 2 of 4 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Control Valve Schedule 1. AHU-1: 3", 209 GPM 2. AHU-2: 3", 209 GPM 3. AHU-3: 3", 187 GPM 4. AHU-4: 3", 144 GPM 5. AHU-5: 3", 234 GPM END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0913 - Page 3 of 4 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0913 - Page 4 of 4 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0923 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. System description. B. Operator interface. C. Controllers. D. Power supplies and line filtering. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 0993 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls. B. Section 26 0583 -Wiring Connections: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MIL-STD-810 - Environmental Engineering Considerations and Laboratory Tests; 2019h. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for each system component and software module. C. Show updated control schematic showing new wiring and control components for new work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OWNER BUILDING AUTOMATION VENDOR CONTACT A. Trane Building Automation Systems B. Doug Stephens, LEED AP C. 220 NW 108th Street D. live, Iowa 50325 E. ddstephens@trane.com F. 515-270-0004 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Trane: Tracer. 2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide control systems consisting of thermostats, control valves, dampers and operators, indicating devices, all power and cabling, interface equipment, all terminations and other apparatus and accessories required to operate mechanical systems, and to perform functions specified. B. Include installation and calibration, supervision, adjustments, and fine tuning necessary for complete and fully operational system. 2.04 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. Update current BAS user interface for new equipment and sequence. 2.05 CONTROLLERS A. Custom Application Controller: 1. General: a. Provide sufficient memory to support controller's operating system, database, and programming requirements. b. Share data between networked, microprocessor based controllers. c. Controller operating system manages input and output communication signals allowing distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allowing for central monitoring and alarms. d. Utilize real-time clock for scheduling. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0923 - Page 1 of 4 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement e. Continuously check processor status and memory circuits for abnormal operation. f. Controller to assume predetermined failure mode and generate alarm notification upon detection of abnormal operation. g. Communication with other network devices to be based on assigned protocol. 2. Communication: a. Controller to reside on a BACnet network using MS/TP Data Link/Physical layer protocol. b. Provide service communication port for connection to a portable operator's terminal or hand held device with compatible protocol. 3. Anticipated Environmental Ambient Conditions: a. Outdoors and/or in Wet Ambient Conditions: 1) Mount within waterproof enclosures. 2) Rated for operation at 40 to 150 degrees F. b. Conditioned Space: 1) Mount within dustproof enclosures. 2) Rated for operation at 32 to 120 degrees F. 4. Provisions for Serviceability: a. Diagnostic LED's for power, communication, and processor. b. Make all wiring connections to field removable, modular terminal strips, or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. 5. Memory: In the event of a power loss, maintain all BIOS and programming information for a minimum of 72 hours. 6. Power and Noise Immunity: a. Maintain operation at 90 to 110 percent of nominal voltage rating. b. Perform orderly shutdown below 80 percent of nominal voltage. c. Operation protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W. at 3 feet. B. Input/Output Interface: 1. Hardwired inputs and outputs tie into the DDC system through building, custom application, or application specific controllers. 2. All Input/Output Points: a. Protect controller from damage resulting from any point short-circuiting or grounding and from voltage up to 24 volts of any duration. b. Provide universal type for building and custom application controllers where input or output is software designated as either binary or analog type with appropriate properties. 3. Binary Inputs: a. Allow monitoring of On/Off signals from remote devices. b. Provide wetting current of 12 mA minimum, compatible with commonly available control devices and protected against the effects of contact bounce and noise. c. Sense dry contact closure with power provided only by the controller. 4. Pulse Accumulation Input Objects: Comply with all requirements of binary input objects and accept up to 10 pulses per second. 5. Analog Inputs: a. Allow for monitoring of low voltage 0 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA current, or resistance signals (thermistor, RTD). b. Compatible with and field configurable to commonly available sensing devices. 6. Binary Outputs: a. Used for On/Off operation or a pulsed low-voltage signal for pulse width modulation control. b. Outputs provided with three position (On/Off/Auto) override switches. c. Status lights for building and custom application controllers to be selectable for normally open or normally closed operation. 7. Analog Outputs: a. Monitoring signal provides a 0 to 10 VDC or a 4 to 20 mA output signal for end device control. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0923 - Page 2 of 4 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement b. Provide status lights and two position (AUTO/MANUAL) switch for building and custom application controllers with manually adjustable potentiometer for manual override on building and custom application controllers. c. Drift to not exceed 0.4 percent of range per year. 8. Tri State Outputs: a. Coordinate two binary outputs to control three point, floating type, electronic actuators without feedback. b. Limit the use of three point, floating devices to the following zone and terminal unit control applications: c. Control algorithms run the zone actuator to one end of its stroke once every 24 hours for verification of operator tracking. 9. System Object Capacity: a. System size to be expandable to twice the number of input output objects required by providing additional controllers, including associated devices and wiring. b. Hardware additions or software revisions for the installed operator interfaces are not to be required for future, system expansions. 2.06 POWER SUPPLIES AND LINE FILTERING A. Power Supplies: 1. Provide UL listed control transformers with Class 2 current limiting type or over-current protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service as required by the NEC. 2. Limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. 3. Match DC power supply to current output and voltage requirements. 4. Unit to be full wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 5. Regulation to be 1 percent combined line and load with 100 microsecond response time for 50 percent load changes. 6. Provide over-voltage and over-current protection to withstand a 150 percent current overload for 3 seconds minimum without trip-out or failure. 7. Operational Ambient Conditions: 32 to 120 degrees F. 8. EM/RF meets FCC Class B and VDE 0871 for Class B and MIL-STD-810 for shock and vibration. 9. Line voltage units UL recognized and CSA approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install control units and other hardware in position on permanent walls where not subject to excessive vibration. B. Install software in control units and in operator work station. Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and appropriate to sequence of operation. Refer to Section 23 0993. C. Provide conduit and electrical wiring in accordance with Section 26 0583. Electrical material and installation shall be in accordance with appropriate requirements of Division 26. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Start and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for start-up and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation. B. Provide service engineer to instruct Owner's representative in operation of systems plant and equipment for 0.5 day period. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0923 - Page 3 of 4 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0923 - Page 4 of 4 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 5 Sullivan Brothers Center-Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 0993 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section defines the manner and method by which controls function. Requirements for each type of control system operation are specified. Equipment, devices, and system components required for control systems are specified in other sections. B. Sequence of operation for: 1. Central refrigeration systems. 2. F-9 Exhaust Fan 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Sequence of Operation Documentation: Submit written sequence of operation for entire HVAC system and each piece of equipment. 1. Preface: 1 or 2 paragraph overview narrative of the system describing its purpose, components and function. 2. State each sequence in small segments and give each segment a unique number for referencing in Functional Test procedures; provide a complete description regardless of the completeness and clarity of the sequences specified in Contract Documents. 3. Include initial and recommended values for all adjustable settings, setpoints and parameters that are typically set or adjusted by operating staff; and any other control settings or fixed values, delays, etc. that will be useful during testing and operating the equipment. 4. For packaged controlled equipment, include manufacturer's furnished sequence of operation amplified as required to describe the relationship between the packaged controls and the control system, indicating which points are adjustable control points and which points are only monitored. C. Control System Diagrams: Submit graphic schematic of the control system showing each control component and each component controlled, monitored, or enabled. 1. Label with settings, adjustable range of control and limits. 2. Include flow diagrams for each control system, graphically depicting control logic. 3. Include the system and component layout of all equipment that the control system monitors, enables or controls, even if the equipment is primarily controlled by packaged or integral controls. D. Points List: Submit list of all control points indicating at least the following for each point. 1. Name of controlled system. 2. Point abbreviation. 3. Point description; such as dry bulb temperature, airflow, etc. 4. Display unit. 5. Control point or setpoint (Yes / No); i.e. a point that controls equipment and can have its setpoint changed. 6. Monitoring point(Yes/ No); i.e. a point that does not control or contribute to the control of equipment but is used for operation, maintenance, or performance verification. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and setpoints of controls, including changes to sequences made after submission of shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CENTRAL REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS A. BAS shall enable chilled water system based on outdoor air temperature and allow operator over-ride B. Once BAS enabled chilled water system, chiller control panel shall enable circulation pump(s), chiller(s) an chiller isolation valve. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0993 - Page 1 of 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 1. On a call for cooling, chiller control panel shall open lead chiller isolation valve and enable lead chiller system. Once flow is proven, chiller shall be enabled. 2. Chiller controll panel shall enable/disable second chiller based on demand. Chiller controller shall open chiller isolation valve prior to enabling chiller and shall close isolation valve after disabling chiller. C. Chiller pumps shall be arranged in Lead/Standby configuration. Lead/standby pump shall be alternated based on pump run time. In the event lead pump fails to operate base on current transducer, lead pump shall be disabled and standby pump shall be enabled and the BAS shall generate an alarm. On switchover, enable standby chiller system and once flow is proven and chiller enabled, disable lead chiller and close lead chiller isolation valve. Lead chiller becomes standby chiller. D. Pumps shall be controlled by a variable frequence drive to maintain static pressure setpoint in piping system. E. BAS shall communicate with chillers through a BACnet interface and provide engineer with availalbe points for mapping of the BAS 1. Points include: a. Chiller Enabled/Disabled b. Chiller Isolation Valve Position c. Chiller EWT d. Chiller LWT e. Chiller evaporator pressure drop f. Chiller Condenser Fan operation g. Chiller Flow Proven h. Chiller General Alarm 2. Additional Points a. Pump Enabled/Disabled b. Pump Status c. Chilled Water System Supply Temperature d. Chilled Water System Return Temperature F. Display: 1. System graphic. 2. Chilled water pump on/off switch. 3. Chiller on/off indication. 4. Chiller chilled water supply and return temperature. 5. Common chilled water control point adjustment. 3.02 EXHAUST FAN F-9 A. Fan shall be connected to existing control interface and operation shall not be modified. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 0993 - Page 2 of 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 2113 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hydronic system requirements. B. Chilled water piping, above grade. C. Pipe hangers and supports. D. Unions, flanges, mechanical couplings, and dielectric connections. E. Valves: 1. Ball valves. 2. Butterfly valves. 3. Check valves. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 2500 - HVAC Water Treatment: Pipe cleaning. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300; 2016. B. ASME B31.9- Building Services Piping; 2017. C. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2018. D. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. E. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service; 2018a. F. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers; 1992,with Editiorial Revision (2018). G. ASTM F1476 - Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications; 2007 (Reapproved 2013). H. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2015, with Errata (2016). I. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints; 2015. J. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; 2018. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. B. Sequencing: Ensure that utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. 2. Indicate valve data and ratings. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support methods,joining procedures. D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. E. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2113 - Page 1 of 4 HYDRONIC PIPING 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDRONIC SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME B31.9 and applicable federal, state, and local regulations. B. Piping: Provide piping, fittings, hangers and supports as required, as indicated, and as follows: 1. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide joining fittings that are compatible with piping materials and ensure that the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. 2. Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. 3. Grooved mechanical joints may be used in accessible locations only. a. Accessible locations include those exposed on interior of building, in pipe chases, and in mechanical rooms, aboveground outdoors, and as approved by Architect. b. Use rigid joints unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 or MSS SP-58 unless indicated otherwise. C. Pipe-to-Valve and Pipe-to-Equipment Connections: Use flanges, unions, or grooved couplings to allow disconnection of components for servicing; do not use direct welded, soldered, or threaded connections. D. Valves: Provide valves where indicated: 1. Provide drain valves where indicated, and if not indicated provide at least at main shut-off, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Use 3/4 inch gate valves with cap; pipe to nearest floor drain. 2. Isolate equipment using butterfly valves with lug end flanges or grooved mechanical couplings. 2.02 CHILLED WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black; using one of the following joint types: 1. Welded Joints: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type fittings; AWS D1.1/D1.1M welded. 2. Threaded Joints: ASME B16.3, malleable iron fittings. 3. Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved pipe, fittings of same material, and mechanical couplings. B. Steel Pipe Sizes 12 Inch and Greater: ASTM A53/A53M, 3/8 inch wall, black; using one of the following joint types: 1. Welded Joints: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type fittings; AWS D1.1/D1.1M welded. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. 1. If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. 2. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Greater: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 3. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 4. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Greater: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 5. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2113 - Page 2 of 4 HYDRONIC PIPING 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement s r B. In grooved installations, use rigid couplings with offsetting angle-pattern nrbobolt lt e d to with wedge shaped grooves in header piping to permit support an a g g in B31.9. C. Rooftop Supports for Low-Slope Roofs: Steel pedestals with bases that rest on top of roofing membrane, not requiring i any a a ecifito the rndoof as sftructure and not penetrating the roofing assembly, with support f s p 1. Bases: High density polypropylene. 2. Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly. 3. Steel Components: St Ales steel, or carbon steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM 4. Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer, same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports; corrosion resistant material. 5. Height Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under pipe to top of roofing. 2.04 UNIONS, FLANGES, MECHANICAL COUPLINGS, AND DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS A. Unions for Pipe 2 Inches and Less: B. Flanges for Pipe 2 Inches and Greater: C. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved and ShouldeedJoints: Two C-profile gasket, and curved housing s to segments with continuous key to engage pipe groove. secure and compress gasket. 1. Dimensions and Testing: In accordance nce wiASTM th WWA C606. 2. Mechanical Couplings: Comply with 3. Bolts and Nuts: Hot dipped galvanized or zinc-electroplated steel. 4. When pipe is field grooved, provide coupling manufacturer's grooving tools. 2.05 BALL VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches: 1. Bronze two piece body, chrome plated brass ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle with balancing stops, solder ends with union. 2.06 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Body: Cast or ductile iron with resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends, extended neck. B. Disc: Construct of aluminum bronze, chrome plated ductile iron, stainless steel, ductile iron with EPDM encapsulation, or Buna-N encapsulation. C. Stem: Stainless steel with stem offset from the centerline to provide full 360 degree circumferential setting. D. Operator: 10 position lever handle. 2.07 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A. Iron body, bronze trim, split plate, hinged with stainless steel spring, resilient seal bonded to body, wafer or threaded lug ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Prepare pipe for grooved mechanical joints as required by coupling manufacturer. C. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. D. Prepare piping connections to equipment using jointing system specified. E. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. F. After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems. Refer to Section 23 2500 for additional requirements. Section 23 2113 - Page 3 of 4 Project No. 19-23141 HYDRONIC PIPING 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interfere with use of space. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points. F. Grooved Joints: 1. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's latest published installation instructions. G. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, or MSS SP-58. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Hanger Spacing for Steel Piping. 1. 3 inches: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. 4 inches: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 3. 6 inches: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 4. 8 inches: Maximum span, 19 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch. 5. 10 inches: Maximum span, 20 feet; minimum rod size, 3/4 inch. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2113 - Page 4 of 4 HYDRONIC PIPING 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 2114 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Expansion tanks. B. Air vents. C. Air separators. D. Strainers. E. Suction diffusers. F. Pump connectors. G. Pressure-temperature test plugs. H. Relief valves. I. Glycol system. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 2500 - HVAC Water Treatment: Pipe cleaning. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME BPVC-VIII-1 - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 - Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; 2019. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. Include product description and model. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support methods,joining procedures. D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow controls. E. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Glycol Solution: One container, 10 gallon size. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. C. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXPANSION TANKS A. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME BPVC-VIII-1; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psi, with flexible EPDM diaphragm or bladder sealed into tank, and steel support stand. B. Accessories: Pressure gauge and air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 12 psi. 2.02 AIR VENTS A. Manual Type: Short vertical sections of 2 inch diameter pipe to form air chamber, with 1/8 inch brass needle valve at top of chamber. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2114 - Page 1 of 4 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 5 Sullivan Brothers Center-Chiller Replacement B. Float Type: 1. Brass or semi-steel body, copper, polypropylene, or solid non-metallic float, stainless steel valve and valve seat; suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. 2.03 AIR SEPARATORS A. Centrifugal Air Separators/Strainers: 1. Steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME BPVC-VIII-1; for 125 psi operating — pressure, with integral bronze strainer, tangential inlet and outlet connections, and internal stainless steel air collector tube. 2.04 STRAINERS A. Size 5 inch and Larger: 1. Provide flanged or grooved iron body for 175 psi working pressure, basket pattern with 1/8 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.05 SUCTION DIFFUSERS A. Fitting: Angle pattern, cast-iron body, threaded for 2 inch and smaller, flanged for 2-1/2 inch and larger, rated for 175 psi working pressure, with inlet vanes, cylinder strainer with 3/16 inch diameter openings, disposable 5/32 inch mesh strainer to fit over cylinder strainer, 20 mesh start up screen, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning. B. Accessories: Adjustable foot support, blowdown tapping in bottom, gauge tapping in side. 2.06 PUMP CONNECTORS A. Flexible Connectors: Flanged, braided type with wetted components of stainless steel, sized to match piping. 1. Maximum Allowable Working Pressure: 150 psig at 120 degrees F. 2. Accommodate the Following: a. Axial Deflection in Compression and Expansion: 0.75 inch. b. Lateral Movement: 0.5 inch. • c. Angular Rotation: 15 degrees. d. Force developed by 1.5 times specified maximum allowable operating pressure. 3. End Connections: Same as specified for pipe jointing. 4. Provide necessary accessories including, but not limited to, swivel joints. 2.07 PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS A. Construction: Brass body designed to receive temperature or pressure probe with removable protective cap, and Neoprene rated for minimum 200 degrees F. B. Application: Use extended length plugs to clear insulated piping. 2.08 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labelled. 2.09 GLYCOL SYSTEM A. Packaged system consisting of a pressurization pump, pressure controls, PRV, pressure gauge,polyethylene solution container with cover. B. Glycol Solution: 1. Inhibited propylene glycol and water solution mixed 40 percent glycol -60 percent water, suitable for operating temperatures from minus 20 degrees F to 250 degrees F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Where large air quantities can accumulate, provide enlarged air collection standpipes. C. Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated. D. Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump and connect to expansion tank. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2114 - Page 2 of 4 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement E. Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blow down connection. F. Provide pump suction fitting on suction side of base mounted centrifugal pumps where indicated. Remove temporary strainers after cleaning systems. G. Provide relief valves on pressure tanks, low pressure side of reducing valves, heat exchangers, and expansion tanks. H. Select system relief valve capacity so that it is greater than make-up pressure reducing valve capacity. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. I. Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain. J. Clean and flush glycol system before adding glycol solution. Refer to Section 23 2500. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2114 - Page 3 of 4 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2114 - Page 4 of 4 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 2123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Base-mounted pumps. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL 778 - Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support requirements and recommendations. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HVAC PUMPS -GENERAL A. Provide pumps that operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL or testing agency acceptable to Authority Having Jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.02 BASE-MOUNTED PUMPS A. Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected, radially or horizontally split casing, for 125 psi maximum working pressure. B. Casing: Cast iron with suction and discharge gauge ports, renewable bronze casing wearing rings, seal flush connection, drain plug, flanged suction and discharge. C. Impeller: Bronze, fully enclosed, keyed to shaft. D. Bearings: Grease lubricated roller or ball bearings. E. Shaft: Alloy steel with copper, bronze, or stainless steel shaft sleeve. F. Seal: Mechanical seal, 225 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. G. Seal: Packing gland with minimum four rings graphite impregnated packing and bronze lantern rings, 250 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. H. Drive: Flexible coupling with coupling guard. I. Baseplate: Cast iron or fabricated steel with integral drain rim. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide access space around pumps for service. Provide no less than minimum space recommended by manufacturer. C. Provide line sized shut-off valve and strainer on pump suction, and line sized soft seat check valve and balancing valve on pump discharge. D. Check, align, and certify alignment of base-mounted pumps prior to start-up. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2123 - Page 1 of 2 HYDRONIC PUMPS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement E. Lubricate pumps before start-up. F. Pump motor shall be inverter compatable and provide with grounding ring. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2123 - Page 2 of 2 HYDRONIC PUMPS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center-Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 2500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Materials. 1. System cleaner. 2. Closed system treatment (water). 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide chemical treatment materials, chemicals, and equipment including electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system schematic, equipment locations, and controls schematics, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate placement of equipment in systems, piping configuration, and connection requirements. E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate start-up of treatment systems when completed and operating properly. Indicate analysis of system water after cleaning and after treatment. F. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and piping, including sampling points and location of chemical injectors. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on chemical feed pumps, agitators, and other equipment including spare parts lists, procedures, and treatment programs. Include step by step instructions on test procedures including target concentrations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. System Cleaner: 1. Liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products; sodiumtripoly phosphate and sodium molybdate. 2. Biocide chlorine release agents such as sodium hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite or microbiocides such as quarternary ammonia compounds, tributyltin oxide, methylene bis (thiocyanate). B. Closed System Treatment (Water): 1. Pre-mixed 40% glycol solution containing inhibitor to prevent corrosion PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Systems shall be operational, filled, started, and vented prior to cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each system. B. Place terminal control valves in open position during cleaning. C. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 CLEANING SEQUENCE A. Concentration: 1. As recommended by manufacturer. B. Chilled Water Systems: 1. Circulate for 48 hours, then drain systems as quickly as possible. 2. Refill with clean water, circulate for 24 hours, then drain. 3. Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed. C. Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of system cleaner supplier and approval of Architect. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2500 - Page 1 of 2 HVAC WATER TREATMENT 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement D. Flush open systems and glycol filled closed systems with clean water for one hour minimum. Drain completely and refill. E. Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens. F. Inspect, remove sludge, and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include disassembly of components as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 CLOSED SYSTEM TREATMENT A. Provide one bypass feeder on each system. Install isolating and drain valves and necessary piping. Install around balancing valve downstream of circulating pumps unless indicated otherwise. B. Introduce closed system treatment through bypass feeder when required or indicated by test. C. Provide 3/4 inch water coupon rack around circulating pumps with space for 4 test specimens. 3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Training: Train Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of chemical treatment system. 1. Provide minimum of two hours of instruction for two people. 2. Have operation and maintenance data prepared and available for review during training. 3. Conduct training using actual equipment after treated system has been put into full operation. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 2500 - Page 2 of 2 HVAC WATER TREATMENT 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 3100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal ductwork. B. Casing and plenums. C. Kitchen hood ductwork. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2019a. C. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. D. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2014. E. NFPA 90A- Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; 2018. F. NFPA 96- Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations; 2017. G. SMACNA(DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible; 2005 (Revised 2009). H. SMACNA(KVS) - Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication and Installation Guidelines; 2001. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT ASSEMBLIES A. Regulatory Requirements: Construct ductwork to comply with NFPA 90A standards. B. Ducts: Galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Grease Exhaust: 1 inch w.g. pressure class, Aluminum or match existing ductwork. 1. Aluminum for Ducts: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M); aluminum sheet, alloy 3003-H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061-T651 or of equivalent strength. 2. Consttruct of 16 Gauge, 0.09 inch aluminum 3. Construction: a. Liquid tight with continuous external weld for all seams and joints. b. Where ducts are not self draining back to equipment, provide low point drain pocket with copper drain pipe to sanitary sewer. 4. Access Doors: a. Provide for duct cleaning inside horizontal duct at drain pockets, every 20 feet and at each change of direction. b. Use same material and thickness as duct with gaskets and sealants rated 1500 degrees F for grease tight construction. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel for Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G60/Z180 coating. B. Aluminum for Ducts: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M); aluminum sheet, alloy 3003-H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061-T651 or of equivalent strength. C. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 3100 - Page 1 of 2 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 2.03 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated. B. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. 2.04 CASINGS A. Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA(DCS) and construct for operating pressures indicated. B. Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8 inch centers to angles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of galvanized 18 gage, 0.0478 inch expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch centers, turned up 12 inches at sides with sheet metal shields. C. Reinforce door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. 2.05 KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK A. Fabricate in accordance with ductwork manufacturer's installation instructions, SMACNA (DCS), SMACNA (KVS), and NFPA 96. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install, support, and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA(DCS). B. Assess air handling units and seal leaks in housing as identified. C. Replace flexible connectors between AHU and ductwork. D. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 3100 - Page 2 of 2 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Duct access doors. B. Flexible duct connectors. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 3100 - HVAC Ducts and Casings. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 90A- Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; 2018. B. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations; 2017. C. SMACNA(DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible; 2005 (Revised 2009). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA(DCS) and as indicated. B. Fabrication: Comply with requirements for grease duct and material to match ductwork. 2.02 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA(DCS) and as indicated. B. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. 2. Verify dimension of existing connectors to be replace. • PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA(DCS). Refer to Section 23 3100 for duct construction and pressure class. B. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide for cleaning kitchen exhaust ducts in accordance with NFPA 96. Provide minimum 8 by 8 inch size for hand access, size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 by 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 3300 - Page 1 of 2 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 3300 - Page 2 of 2 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 3416 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mixed Flow Fan B. Bearings and drives. C. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 3300 -Air Duct Accessories: Backdraft dampers. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook; 2016. B. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible; 2005 (Revised 2009). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on centrifugal fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly of centrifugal fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include complete installation instructions. E. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MIXED FLOW FAN A. Fan shall be listed UL 762 for exhaust of grease laden air. Fan shall be of the non-overloading design. 2.02 WHEEL AND INLET A. Steel construction with inlet flange, heaby reinforced back plate, die-formed blades continuously welded to the back pland and wheel cone. B. Wheel shal be statically and dynamically balanced and the complete fan assembly shall be test balanced at the operating speed at the factory. 2.03 HOUSING A. Heavy gage steel, spot welded for AMCA 99 Class I and II fans, and continuously welded for Class III, adequately braced, designed to minimize turbulence with spun inlet bell and shaped cut. Totally enclosed belt guard shall enclose motor sheave and V-belt drives. Housing shall be equipped for duct mounting. Include access door(s) for inspection and maintenance of the wheel. Hose shall be equipped with a drain. B. Fan assembly,excluding the shaft, shall be degrease and deburred before primer. Finish coat of pant shall be applied after entire assembly. Fan shaft shall be coated with a petroleum based rust protectant. C. Provide extended lobe lines for ease of maintenance Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 3416 - Page 1 of 2 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 2.04 BEARINGS AND DRIVES A. Bearings: Heavy duty pillow block type, self-greasing and selected for a minimum L-10 life of 80,000 hours at the maximum RPM.. B. Shafts: Hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with keyway, protectively coated with lubricating oil, and shaft guard. C. Drive: Cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, keyed. Variable and adjustable pitch sheaves. Sheaves shall be selected so designed RPM is obtained with sheaves set at mid position, matche belts and drive rated as recommended by the manufacturer or a minimum of 1.5 times the nameplate rating of the motor. D. Belt Guard: Fabricate to SMACNA (DCS); 0.106 inch thick, 3/4 inch diamond mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure to fan or fan supports without short circuiting vibration isolation, with provision for adjustment of belt tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Access Doors: Shaped to fit scroll, with quick opening latches and gaskets. B. Scroll Drain: 1/2 inch steel pipe coupling welded to low point of fan scroll. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install fan with resilent mountings and flexible electrical leads. C. Install flexible connections between fan inlet and discharge ductwork; refer to Section 23 3300. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. D. Pipe scroll drains to nearest floor drain. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 3416 - Page 2 of 2 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement SECTION 23 6423 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Factory-assembled packaged chiller. B. Charge of refrigerant and oil. C. Controls and control connections. D. Chilled water connections. E. Electrical power connections. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete housekeeping pads. B. Section 23 0593 -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC. C. Section 23 0800- Commissioning of HVAC. D. Section 23 0993 - Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls. E. Section 23 2113 - Hydronic Piping. F. Section 23 2114 - Hydronic Specialties. G. Section 26 0583 -Wiring Connections. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AHRI 550/590 (I-P) - Performance Rating of Water-Chilling and Heat Pump Water-Heating Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle; 2015. B. ASHRAE Std 15 - Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems and Designation and Classification of Refrigerants ; 2019. C. ASHRAE Std 90.1 I-P - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. ASME BPVC-VIII-1 - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 - Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; 2019. E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2018. F. UL 1995- Heating and Cooling Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate physical size, weight and location of major pieces of equipment to be installed. Notify Architect of any major deviations from the equipment originally specified prior to ordering equipment. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights, specialties and accessories, electrical requirements and wiring diagrams. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate components, assembly, dimensions, weights and loadings, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. Indicate equipment, piping and connections, valves, strainers, and thermostatic valves required for complete system. D. Manufacturer's Performance Data: Indicate energy input versus cooling load output from 0 to 100 percent of full load at specified and minimum condenser water temperature for water-cooled chillers and at specified and minimum outdoor air temperature for air-cooled chillers. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit manufacturer's complete installation instructions. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include start-up instructions, maintenance data. parts lists, controls, and accessories; include trouble-shooting guide. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 6423 - Page 1 of 6 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement G. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units. B. Deliver units to the job site completely assembled and charged with refrigerant and oil by manufacturer. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide minimum five year warranty to include coverage for materials and labor for compressor. C. Manufacturer seasonal start up and shut down service: Include one on site season of preventative maintenance and a seasonal startup and shut down of the chiller. 1 calendar year from initial start up services. Service to be performed by a certified and state licensed technician with reports made available to the owner and engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CHILLERS A. Chillers: Factory assemble and test chiller consisting of 10 compressors & compressor motors, Shell and tube evaporator, condenser, enclosure, 3 refrigeration circuits and specialties, interconnecting piping, starters, and microprocessor-based controls. 1. Rating: AHRI 550/590 (I-P). 2. Safety: UL 1995 and ASHRAE Std 15. 3. Construction &Testing: ASME BPVC-VIII-1 as applicable for construction type. 4. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 5. Energy Efficiency: ASHRAE Std 90.1 I-P. 6. Enclosures: a. Frame: 1) Heavy-gage steel. 2) Factory apply hot-dipped galvanized or air-dried paint finish. b. Steel Chiller Cabinets: 1) Factory apply baked on enamel. c. Electrical Equipment: NEMA 250 or UL 1995 as applicable. 2.02 COMPRESSORS AND EVAPORATOR A. Compressors: Hermetic scroll type. 1. Unit: Fully hermetic type with multiple, direct drive compressors with discharge and suction service valves. 2. Vibration Control: Factory installed internal isolators or field installed external isolators. 3. Oil Lubrication System: Initial oil charge, oil sump, heater, oil level, and sight glass. 4. Capacity Reduction System: Compressor staging with control down to 6 percent of full load without the activation of hot gas by-bass. 5. Motor: 3600 or 3500 rpm, suction gas-cooled, with thermal or current overload protection. B. Evaporator: Provide shell and tube type, Tube bundle style evaporator only. 1. Shell and tube type only. a. Shell, removable heads and tube support sheets constructed of carbon steel. b. Tubes: Mechanically expand and fasten, seamless, externally or internally enhanced, copper tubes into intermediate tube support sheets along the length of shell to avoid contact and relative motion between tubes. c. Refrigerant Working-Side Pressure Rating: 400 psig minimum. d. Water Working-Side Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum. e. Provide with flanged connections. f. Insulation for all cold surfaces. 1) Insulation is factory installed on shell, connections, and suction piping. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 6423 - Page 2 of 6 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 2) 0.75 inches minimum thick, closed cell, expanded polyvinyl chloride, polyurethane, or vinyl nitrate polymer insulation with a maximum k value of 0.28. g. Provide factory or field installed vents and water drain connections on evaporator or piping. h. Provide factory installed fittings for temperature and pressure control sensors and flow switch on evaporator. i. Freeze Protection for Outdoor Locations: Provide thermostatically controlled electric heater to protect from freezing at ambient temperatures down to minus 20 degrees F. j. Field cleanable with removeable end bells. 2.03 AIR-COOLED CONDENSER AND FANS A. Provide aluminum microchannel type. 1. Finned-tube type. a. integral aluminum fins with aluminum channels and protect with corrosion resistant materials or coatings. b. Clean, dehydrate and test. c. Leak Test: 650 psig minimum. B. Coil Guards: Provide corrosion proof, louvered panels factory installed. Provide coil protection for shipping by enclosing entire condenser coil with heavy plastic to prevent coil damage during shipping or rigging. C. Fans and Motors: 1. Fans: Dynamically balance propeller type fans of reinforced polymer or glass fiber reinforced composite corrosion resistant construction equipped with sealed, permanently lubricated ball bearings. 2. Discharge Fan Guards: Corrosion resistant, heavy gage, steel wire. 3. Discharge Direction: Vertical. 4. Motors: Direct drive, totally enclosed for outdoor use with current overload protection. 2.04 REFRIGERATION CIRCUITS A. Provide 3 independent refrigeration circuits with multiple compressors per circuit. B. Provide liquid line shut-off valve, filter-drier, expansion valve, and refrigerant relief device for each independent circuit. 2.05 INTEGRATED MICROPROCESSOR BASED DDC CONTROLS PACKAGE A. Pre-wire, assemble, factory mount, and test operating and safety control system consisting of a digital display or gages, on-auto-off switch, motor starters, disconnect switches, power and control wiring. Provide controls, monitoring, programmable set-points, alarms, and BAS as defined below: 1. Automatic Adjustable Operating Controls: a. Allow system start-up and system operation at all outdoor air temperatures down to 10 degrees F. b. Temperature of chilled water leaving chiller. c. Chiller system capacity control based on set-points and system load. d. Compressor short-cycling prevention. e. Lead/lag for multiple compressors. f. Automatic reset on power source failure. g. Load limiting. h. Sequencing of condenser fans. 2. Normal Operation Monitoring and Open Cover-less Displays: a. Hours of operation. b. Suction and discharge refrigerant pressures. c. Automatic diagnostics. d. Number of starts. e. On/off compressor status. f. Entering and leaving chilled water temperatures. g. Status of operation. h. Weekly purge cycle totalization if applicable. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 6423 - Page 3 of 6 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement i. Oil pressure. 3. Set-Points: a. Leaving chilled water temperature. b. Date/time. 4. Automatic Chiller Shut-Down Safety Controls and Alarm: a. Automatic Reset: 1) Chilled water flow interlock. 2) Voltage protection (over/under).3) Phase reversal protection. b. Manual Reset: 1) Evaporator low pressure. 2) High motor winding temperature. 3) Low chilled water temperature. 4) Low chilled water flow. 5) High condenser refrigerant discharge pressure. 6) Motor current overload and phase loss. 7) Low oil flow. c. Remote Alarm: Activate remote, audible bell upon safety shutdown of chiller. 5. Building Automation System (BAS) Communications via Shielded Cable: a. Minimum Data Transmission to BAS: 1) All system operating conditions. 2) Capacity control information. 3) Safety shutdown conditions. b. Minimum Operating Commands from BAS: 1) Remote unit start/stop. 2) Remote chilled water reset. 3) BACnet communication card 2.06 6. REMOTE CHILLER CONTROL PANEL. 2.07 A. WALL MOUNT REMOTE TOUCH DISPLAY FOR INDOOR COMMISSIONING AND MONITORING OF CHILLERS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Align chiller package on steel or concrete foundations. C. Install units on vibration isolators. D. Connect to electrical service. E. Connect to chilled water piping. F. Arrange piping for easy dismantling to permit tube cleaning and removal. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Perform factory startup of the chiller by factory trained and authorized servicing technicians confirming equipment has been correctly installed prior to equipment becoming operational and covered under the manufacturer's warranty. B. Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil if not completely factory charged. C. Demonstrate system operations and verify specified performance. D. Seasonal start up and shut down as well as preventative maintenance for a period of 1 year after initial start up. 3.03 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Demonstrate proper operation of equipment to Owner's designated representative. B. Training: Train Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of system. 1. Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented with additional training materials as required. Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 6423 - Page 4 of 6 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement 2. Provide minimum of two hours of training. 3. Location: At project site. 3.04 MAINTENANCE A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements, for additional requirements relating to maintenance service. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 6423 - Page 5 of 6 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement Project No. 19-23141 Section 23 6423 - Page 6 of 6 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 5 Sullivan Brothers Center- Chiller Replacement w. .a_ _ jv j I rRy - :S.k-^' _ -_ __ gyp __ r . .u, _..: .. '. -' : -- =h' - _ - - _ '.;fie'� ','•�.�' - - _ _ 1 4 ' e k +F� � -�� rye - _ _ -- _-- fit.,-`y-F f w _ : }few-rE`"�'�'' - - _ j� �_ "_ - --_--- - _ •."'SY, act' - - .-- - - - - -_